Right now, setting up tag_8021q is a 2-step operation for a driver,
first the context structure needs to be created, then the VLANs need to
be installed on the ports. A similar thing is true for teardown.
Merge the 2 steps into the register/unregister methods, to be as
transparent as possible for the driver as to what tag_8021q does behind
the scenes. This also gets rid of the funny "bool setup == true means
setup, == false means teardown" API that tag_8021q used to expose.
Note that dsa_tag_8021q_register() must be called at least in the
.setup() driver method and never earlier (like in the driver probe
function). This is because the DSA switch tree is not initialized at
probe time, and the cross-chip notifiers will not work.
For symmetry with .setup(), the unregister method should be put in
.teardown().
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make tag_8021q a more central element of DSA and move the 2 driver
specific operations outside of struct dsa_8021q_context (which is
supposed to hold dynamic data and not really constant function
pointers).
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The basic problem description is as follows:
Be there 3 switches in a daisy chain topology:
|
sw0p0 sw0p1 sw0p2 sw0p3 sw0p4
[ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ dsa ] [ cpu ]
|
+---------+
|
sw1p0 sw1p1 sw1p2 sw1p3 sw1p4
[ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ dsa ] [ dsa ]
|
+---------+
|
sw2p0 sw2p1 sw2p2 sw2p3 sw2p4
[ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ dsa ]
The CPU will not be able to ping through the user ports of the
bottom-most switch (like for example sw2p0), simply because tag_8021q
was not coded up for this scenario - it has always assumed DSA switch
trees with a single switch.
To add support for the topology above, we must admit that the RX VLAN of
sw2p0 must be added on some ports of switches 0 and 1 as well. This is
in fact a textbook example of thing that can use the cross-chip notifier
framework that DSA has set up in switch.c.
There is only one problem: core DSA (switch.c) is not able right now to
make the connection between a struct dsa_switch *ds and a struct
dsa_8021q_context *ctx. Right now, it is drivers who call into
tag_8021q.c and always provide a struct dsa_8021q_context *ctx pointer,
and tag_8021q.c calls them back with the .tag_8021q_vlan_{add,del}
methods.
But with cross-chip notifiers, it is possible for tag_8021q to call
drivers without drivers having ever asked for anything. A good example
is right above: when sw2p0 wants to set itself up for tag_8021q,
the .tag_8021q_vlan_add method needs to be called for switches 1 and 0,
so that they transport sw2p0's VLANs towards the CPU without dropping
them.
So instead of letting drivers manage the tag_8021q context, add a
tag_8021q_ctx pointer inside of struct dsa_switch, which will be
populated when dsa_tag_8021q_register() returns success.
The patch is fairly long-winded because we are partly reverting commit
5899ee367a ("net: dsa: tag_8021q: add a context structure") which made
the driver-facing tag_8021q API use "ctx" instead of "ds". Now that we
can access "ctx" directly from "ds", this is no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Upcoming patches will add tag_8021q related logic to switch.c and
port.c, in order to allow it to make use of cross-chip notifiers.
In addition, a struct dsa_8021q_context *ctx pointer will be added to
struct dsa_switch.
It seems fairly low-reward to #ifdef the *ctx from struct dsa_switch and
to provide shim implementations of the entire tag_8021q.c calling
surface (not even clear what to do about the tag_8021q cross-chip
notifiers to avoid compiling them). The runtime overhead for switches
which don't use tag_8021q is fairly small because all helpers will check
for ds->tag_8021q_ctx being a NULL pointer and stop there.
So let's make it part of dsa_core.o.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation of moving tag_8021q to core DSA, move all initialization
and teardown related to tag_8021q which is currently done by drivers in
2 functions called "register" and "unregister". These will gather more
functionality in future patches, which will better justify the chosen
naming scheme.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use %pe to give the user a string holding the error code instead of just
a number.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some of the tag_8021q code has been taken out of sja1105, which uses
"rc" for its return code variables, whereas the DSA core uses "err".
Change tag_8021q for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simply put, the best-effort VLAN filtering mode relied on VLAN retagging
from a bridge VLAN towards a tag_8021q sub-VLAN in order to be able to
decode the source port in the tagger, but the VLAN retagging
implementation inside the sja1105 chips is not the best and we were
relying on marginal operating conditions.
The most notable limitation of the best-effort VLAN filtering mode is
its incapacity to treat this case properly:
ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ip link set swp2 master br0
ip link set swp4 master br0
bridge vlan del dev swp4 vid 1
bridge vlan add dev swp4 vid 1 pvid
When sending an untagged packet through swp2, the expectation is for it
to be forwarded to swp4 as egress-tagged (so it will contain VLAN ID 1
on egress). But the switch will send it as egress-untagged.
There was an attempt to fix this here:
https://patchwork.kernel.org/project/netdevbpf/patch/20210407201452.1703261-2-olteanv@gmail.com/
but it failed miserably because it broke PTP RX timestamping, in a way
that cannot be corrected due to hardware issues related to VLAN
retagging.
So with either PTP broken or pushing VLAN headers on egress for untagged
packets being broken, the sad reality is that the best-effort VLAN
filtering code is broken. Delete it.
Note that this means there will be a temporary loss of functionality in
this driver until it is replaced with something better (network stack
RX/TX capability for "mode 2" as described in
Documentation/networking/dsa/sja1105.rst, the "port under VLAN-aware
bridge" case). We simply cannot keep this code until that driver rework
is done, it is super bloated and tangled with tag_8021q.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This was not caught because there is no switch driver which implements
the .port_bridge_join but not .port_bridge_leave method, but it should
nonetheless be fixed, as in certain conditions (driver development) it
might lead to NULL pointer dereference.
Fixes: f66a6a69f9 ("net: dsa: permit cross-chip bridging between all trees in the system")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA core has a layered structure, and even though we end up
returning 0 (success) to user space when setting a bonding/team upper
that can't be offloaded, some parts of the framework actually need to
know that we couldn't offload that.
For example, if dsa_switch_lag_join returns 0 as it currently does,
dsa_port_lag_join has no way to tell a successful offload from a
software fallback, and it will call dsa_port_bridge_join afterwards.
Then we'll think we're offloading the bridge master of the LAG, when in
fact we're not even offloading the LAG. In turn, this will make us set
skb->offload_fwd_mark = true, which is incorrect and the bridge doesn't
like it.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we join a bridge that already has some local addresses pointing to
itself, we do not get those notifications. Similarly, when we leave that
bridge, we do not get notifications for the deletion of those entries.
The only switchdev notifications we get are those of entries added while
the DSA port is enslaved to the bridge.
This makes use cases such as the following work properly (with the
number of additions and removals properly balanced):
ip link add br0 type bridge
ip link add br1 type bridge
ip link set br0 address 00:01:02:03:04:05
ip link set br1 address 00:01:02:03:04:05
ip link set swp0 up
ip link set swp1 up
ip link set swp0 master br0
ip link set swp1 master br1
ip link set br0 up
ip link set br1 up
ip link del br1 # 00:01:02:03:04:05 still installed on the CPU port
ip link del br0 # 00:01:02:03:04:05 finally removed from the CPU port
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When
(a) "dev" is a bridge port which the DSA switch tree offloads, but is
otherwise not a dsa slave (such as a LAG netdev), or
(b) "dev" is the bridge net device itself
then strange things happen to the dev_hold/dev_put pair:
dsa_schedule_work() will still be called with a DSA port that offloads
that netdev, but dev_hold() will be called on the non-DSA netdev.
Then the "if" condition in dsa_slave_switchdev_event_work() does not
pass, because "dev" is not a DSA netdev, so dev_put() is not called.
This results in the simple fact that we have a reference counting
mismatch on the "dev" net device.
This can be seen when we add support for host addresses installed on the
bridge net device.
ip link add br1 type bridge
ip link set br1 address 00:01:02:03:04:05
ip link set swp0 master br1
ip link del br1
[ 968.512278] unregister_netdevice: waiting for br1 to become free. Usage count = 5
It seems foolish to do penny pinching and not add the net_device pointer
in the dsa_switchdev_event_work structure, so let's finally do that.
As an added bonus, when we start offloading local entries pointing
towards the bridge, these will now properly appear as 'offloaded' in
'bridge fdb' (this was not possible before, because 'dev' was assumed to
only be a DSA net device):
00:01:02:03:04:05 dev br0 vlan 1 offload master br0 permanent
00:01:02:03:04:05 dev br0 offload master br0 permanent
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bridge supports a legacy way of adding local (non-forwarded) FDB
entries, which works on an individual port basis:
bridge fdb add dev swp0 00:01:02:03:04:05 master local
As well as a new way, added by Roopa Prabhu in commit 3741873b4f
("bridge: allow adding of fdb entries pointing to the bridge device"):
bridge fdb add dev br0 00:01:02:03:04:05 self local
The two commands are functionally equivalent, except that the first one
produces an entry with fdb->dst == swp0, and the other an entry with
fdb->dst == NULL. The confusing part, though, is that even if fdb->dst
is swp0 for the 'local on port' entry, that destination is not used.
Nonetheless, the idea is that the bridge has reference counting for
local entries, and local entries pointing towards the bridge are still
'as local' as local entries for a port.
The bridge adds the MAC addresses of the interfaces automatically as
FDB entries with is_local=1. For the MAC address of the ports, fdb->dst
will be equal to the port, and for the MAC address of the bridge,
fdb->dst will point towards the bridge (i.e. be NULL). Therefore, if the
MAC address of the bridge is not inherited from either of the physical
ports, then we must explicitly catch local FDB entries emitted towards
the br0, otherwise we'll miss the MAC address of the bridge (and, of
course, any entry with 'bridge add dev br0 ... self local').
Co-developed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bridge automatically creates local (not forwarded) fdb entries
pointing towards physical ports with their interface MAC addresses.
For switchdev, the significance of these fdb entries is the exact
opposite of that of non-local entries: instead of sending these frame
outwards, we must send them inwards (towards the host).
NOTE: The bridge's own MAC address is also "local". If that address is
not shared with any port, the bridge's MAC is not be added by this
functionality - but the following commit takes care of that case.
NOTE 2: We mark these addresses as host-filtered regardless of the value
of ds->assisted_learning_on_cpu_port. This is because, as opposed to the
speculative logic done for dynamic address learning on foreign
interfaces, the local FDB entries are rather fixed, so there isn't any
risk of them migrating from one bridge port to another.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA is able to install FDB entries towards the CPU port for addresses
which were dynamically learnt by the software bridge on foreign
interfaces that are in the same bridge with a DSA switch interface.
Since this behavior is opportunistic, it is guarded by the
"assisted_learning_on_cpu_port" property which can be enabled by drivers
and is not done automatically (since certain switches may support
address learning of packets coming from the CPU port).
But if those FDB entries added on the foreign interfaces are static
(added by the user) instead of dynamically learnt, currently DSA does
not do anything (and arguably it should).
Because static FDB entries are not supposed to move on their own, there
is no downside in reusing the "assisted_learning_on_cpu_port" logic to
sync static FDB entries to the DSA CPU port unconditionally, even if
assisted_learning_on_cpu_port is not requested by the driver.
For example, this situation:
br0
/ \
swp0 dummy0
$ bridge fdb add 02:00:de:ad:00:01 dev dummy0 vlan 1 master static
Results in DSA adding an entry in the hardware FDB, pointing this
address towards the CPU port.
The same is true for entries added to the bridge itself, e.g:
$ bridge fdb add 02:00:de:ad:00:01 dev br0 vlan 1 self local
(except that right now, DSA still ignores 'local' FDB entries, this will
be changed in a later patch)
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the DSA master implements strict address filtering, then the unicast
and multicast addresses kept by the DSA CPU ports should be synchronized
with the address lists of the DSA master.
Note that we want the synchronization of the master's address lists even
if the DSA switch doesn't support unicast/multicast database operations,
on the premises that the packets will be flooded to the CPU in that
case, and we should still instruct the master to receive them. This is
why we do the dev_uc_add() etc first, even if dsa_port_notify() returns
-EOPNOTSUPP. In turn, dev_uc_add() and friends return error only if
memory allocation fails, so it is probably ok to check and propagate
that error code and not just ignore it.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The same concerns expressed for host MDB entries are valid for host FDBs
just as well:
- in the case of multiple bridges spanning the same switch chip, deleting
a host FDB entry that belongs to one bridge will result in breakage to
the other bridge
- not deleting FDB entries across DSA links means that the switch's
hardware tables will eventually run out, given enough wear&tear
So do the same thing and introduce reference counting for CPU ports and
DSA links using the same data structures as we have for MDB entries.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA treats some bridge FDB entries by trapping them to the CPU port.
Currently, the only class of such entries are FDB addresses learnt by
the software bridge on a foreign interface. However there are many more
to be added:
- FDB entries with the is_local flag (for termination) added by the
bridge on the user ports (typically containing the MAC address of the
bridge port)
- FDB entries pointing towards the bridge net device (for termination).
Typically these contain the MAC address of the bridge net device.
- Static FDB entries installed on a foreign interface that is in the
same bridge with a DSA user port.
The reason why a separate cross-chip notifier for host FDBs is justified
compared to normal FDBs is the same as in the case of host MDBs: the
cross-chip notifier matching function in switch.c should avoid
installing these entries on routing ports that route towards the
targeted switch, but not towards the CPU. This is required in order to
have proper support for H-like multi-chip topologies.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ever since the cross-chip notifiers were introduced, the design was
meant to be simplistic and just get the job done without worrying too
much about dangling resources left behind.
For example, somebody installs an MDB entry on sw0p0 in this daisy chain
topology. It gets installed using ds->ops->port_mdb_add() on sw0p0,
sw1p4 and sw2p4.
|
sw0p0 sw0p1 sw0p2 sw0p3 sw0p4
[ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ dsa ] [ cpu ]
[ x ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ]
|
+---------+
|
sw1p0 sw1p1 sw1p2 sw1p3 sw1p4
[ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ dsa ] [ dsa ]
[ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ x ]
|
+---------+
|
sw2p0 sw2p1 sw2p2 sw2p3 sw2p4
[ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ dsa ]
[ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ x ]
Then the same person deletes that MDB entry. The cross-chip notifier for
deletion only matches sw0p0:
|
sw0p0 sw0p1 sw0p2 sw0p3 sw0p4
[ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ dsa ] [ cpu ]
[ x ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ]
|
+---------+
|
sw1p0 sw1p1 sw1p2 sw1p3 sw1p4
[ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ dsa ] [ dsa ]
[ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ]
|
+---------+
|
sw2p0 sw2p1 sw2p2 sw2p3 sw2p4
[ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ dsa ]
[ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ]
Why?
Because the DSA links are 'trunk' ports, if we just go ahead and delete
the MDB from sw1p4 and sw2p4 directly, we might delete those multicast
entries when they are still needed. Just consider the fact that somebody
does:
- add a multicast MAC address towards sw0p0 [ via the cross-chip
notifiers it gets installed on the DSA links too ]
- add the same multicast MAC address towards sw0p1 (another port of that
same switch)
- delete the same multicast MAC address from sw0p0.
At this point, if we deleted the MAC address from the DSA links, it
would be flooded, even though there is still an entry on switch 0 which
needs it not to.
So that is why deletions only match the targeted source port and nothing
on DSA links. Of course, dangling resources means that the hardware
tables will eventually run out given enough additions/removals, but hey,
at least it's simple.
But there is a bigger concern which needs to be addressed, and that is
our support for SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_HOST_MDB. DSA simply translates such an
object into a dsa_port_host_mdb_add() which ends up as ds->ops->port_mdb_add()
on the upstream port, and a similar thing happens on deletion:
dsa_port_host_mdb_del() will trigger ds->ops->port_mdb_del() on the
upstream port.
When there are 2 VLAN-unaware bridges spanning the same switch (which is
a use case DSA proudly supports), each bridge will install its own
SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_HOST_MDB entries. But upon deletion, DSA goes ahead and
emits a DSA_NOTIFIER_MDB_DEL for dp->cpu_dp, which is shared between the
user ports enslaved to br0 and the user ports enslaved to br1. Not good.
The host-trapped multicast addresses installed by br1 will be deleted
when any state changes in br0 (IGMP timers expire, or ports leave, etc).
To avoid this, we could of course go the route of the zero-sum game and
delete the DSA_NOTIFIER_MDB_DEL call for dp->cpu_dp. But the better
design is to just admit that on shared ports like DSA links and CPU
ports, we should be reference counting calls, even if this consumes some
dynamic memory which DSA has traditionally avoided. On the flip side,
the hardware tables of switches are limited in size, so it would be good
if the OS managed them properly instead of having them eventually
overflow.
To address the memory usage concern, we only apply the refcounting of
MDB entries on ports that are really shared (CPU ports and DSA links)
and not on user ports. In a typical single-switch setup, this means only
the CPU port (and the host MDB entries are not that many, really).
The name of the newly introduced data structures (dsa_mac_addr) is
chosen in such a way that will be reusable for host FDB entries (next
patch).
With this change, we can finally have the same matching logic for the
MDB additions and deletions, as well as for their host-trapped variants.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit abd49535c3 ("net: dsa: execute dsa_switch_mdb_add only for
routing port in cross-chip topologies") does a surprisingly good job
even for the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_HOST_MDB use case, where DSA simply
translates a switchdev object received on dp into a cross-chip notifier
for dp->cpu_dp.
To visualize how that works, imagine the daisy chain topology below and
consider a SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_HOST_MDB object emitted on sw2p0. How does
the cross-chip notifier know to match on all the right ports (sw0p4, the
dedicated CPU port, sw1p4, an upstream DSA link, and sw2p4, another
upstream DSA link)?
|
sw0p0 sw0p1 sw0p2 sw0p3 sw0p4
[ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ dsa ] [ cpu ]
[ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ x ]
|
+---------+
|
sw1p0 sw1p1 sw1p2 sw1p3 sw1p4
[ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ dsa ] [ dsa ]
[ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ x ]
|
+---------+
|
sw2p0 sw2p1 sw2p2 sw2p3 sw2p4
[ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ dsa ]
[ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ x ]
The answer is simple: the dedicated CPU port of sw2p0 is sw0p4, and
dsa_routing_port returns the upstream port for all switches.
That is fine, but there are other topologies where this does not work as
well. There are trees with "H" topologies in the wild, where there are 2
or more switches with DSA links between them, but every switch has its
dedicated CPU port. For these topologies, it seems stupid for the neighbor
switches to install an MDB entry on the routing port, since these
multicast addresses are fundamentally different than the usual ones we
support (and that is the justification for this patch, to introduce the
concept of a termination plane multicast MAC address, as opposed to a
forwarding plane multicast MAC address).
For example, when a SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_HOST_MDB would get added to sw0p0,
without this patch, it would get treated as a regular port MDB on sw0p2
and it would match on the ports below (including the sw1p3 routing port).
| |
sw0p0 sw0p1 sw0p2 sw0p3 sw1p3 sw1p2 sw1p1 sw1p0
[ user ] [ user ] [ cpu ] [ dsa ] [ dsa ] [ cpu ] [ user ] [ user ]
[ ] [ ] [ x ] [ ] ---- [ x ] [ ] [ ] [ ]
With the patch, the host MDB notifier on sw0p0 matches only on the local
switch, which is what we want for a termination plane address.
| |
sw0p0 sw0p1 sw0p2 sw0p3 sw1p3 sw1p2 sw1p1 sw1p0
[ user ] [ user ] [ cpu ] [ dsa ] [ dsa ] [ cpu ] [ user ] [ user ]
[ ] [ ] [ x ] [ ] ---- [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ]
Name this new matching function "dsa_switch_host_address_match" since we
will be reusing it soon for host FDB entries as well.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We want to add reference counting for FDB entries in cross-chip
topologies, and in order for that to have any chance of working and not
be unbalanced (leading to entries which are never deleted), we need to
ensure that higher layers are sane, because if they aren't, it's garbage
in, garbage out.
For example, if we add a bridge FDB entry twice, the bridge properly
errors out:
$ bridge fdb add dev swp0 00:01:02:03:04:07 master static
$ bridge fdb add dev swp0 00:01:02:03:04:07 master static
RTNETLINK answers: File exists
However, the same thing cannot be said about the bridge bypass
operations:
$ bridge fdb add dev swp0 00:01:02:03:04:07
$ bridge fdb add dev swp0 00:01:02:03:04:07
$ bridge fdb add dev swp0 00:01:02:03:04:07
$ bridge fdb add dev swp0 00:01:02:03:04:07
$ echo $?
0
But one 'bridge fdb del' is enough to remove the entry, no matter how
many times it was added.
The bridge bypass operations are impossible to maintain in these
circumstances and lack of support for reference counting the cross-chip
notifiers is holding us back from making further progress, so just drop
support for them. The only way left for users to install static bridge
FDB entries is the proper one, using the "master static" flags.
With this change, rtnl_fdb_add() falls back to calling
ndo_dflt_fdb_add() which uses the duplicate-exclusive variant of
dev_uc_add(): dev_uc_add_excl(). Because DSA does not (yet) declare
IFF_UNICAST_FLT, this results in us going to promiscuous mode:
$ bridge fdb add dev swp0 00:01:02:03:04:05
[ 28.206743] device swp0 entered promiscuous mode
$ bridge fdb add dev swp0 00:01:02:03:04:05
RTNETLINK answers: File exists
So even if it does not completely fail, there is at least some indication
that it is behaving differently from before, and closer to user space
expectations, I would argue (the lack of a "local|static" specifier
defaults to "local", or "host-only", so dev_uc_add() is a reasonable
default implementation). If the generic implementation of .ndo_fdb_add
provided by Vlad Yasevich is a proof of anything, it only proves that
the implementation provided by DSA was always wrong, by not looking at
"ndm->ndm_state & NUD_NOARP" (the "static" flag which means that the FDB
entry points outwards) and "ndm->ndm_state & NUD_PERMANENT" (the "local"
flag which means that the FDB entry points towards the host). It all
used to mean the same thing to DSA.
Update the documentation so that the users are not confused about what's
going on.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a DSA switch port leaves a bonding interface that is under a
bridge, there might be dangling switchdev objects on that port left
behind, because the bridge is not aware that its lower interface (the
bond) changed state in any way.
Call the bridge replay helpers with adding=false before changing
dp->bridge_dev to NULL, because we need to simulate to
dsa_slave_port_obj_del() that these notifications were emitted by the
bridge.
We add this hook to the NETDEV_PRECHANGEUPPER event handler, because
we are calling into switchdev (and the __switchdev_handle_port_obj_del
fanout helpers expect the upper/lower adjacency lists to still be valid)
and PRECHANGEUPPER is the last moment in time when they still are.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to add more logic to the DSA NETDEV_PRECHANGEUPPER event
handler, more exactly we need to request an unsync of switchdev objects.
In order to fit more code, refactor the existing logic into a helper.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a switchdev port leaves a LAG that is a bridge port, the switchdev
objects and port attributes offloaded to that port are not removed:
ip link add br0 type bridge
ip link add bond0 type bond mode 802.3ad
ip link set swp0 master bond0
ip link set bond0 master br0
bridge vlan add dev bond0 vid 100
ip link set swp0 nomaster
VLAN 100 will remain installed on swp0 despite it going into standalone
mode, because as far as the bridge is concerned, nothing ever happened
to its bridge port.
Let's extend the bridge vlan, fdb and mdb replay functions to take a
'bool adding' argument, and make DSA and ocelot call the replay
functions with 'adding' as false from the switchdev unsync path, for the
switch port that leaves the bridge.
Note that this patch in itself does not salvage anything, because in the
current pull mode of operation, DSA still needs to call the replay
helpers with adding=false. This will be done in another patch.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a slight inconvenience in the switchdev replay helpers added
recently, and this is when:
ip link add br0 type bridge
ip link add bond0 type bond
ip link set bond0 master br0
bridge vlan add dev bond0 vid 100
ip link set swp0 master bond0
ip link set swp1 master bond0
Since the underlying driver (currently only DSA) asks for a replay of
VLANs when swp0 and swp1 join the LAG because it is bridged, what will
happen is that DSA will try to react twice on the VLAN event for swp0.
This is not really a huge problem right now, because most drivers accept
duplicates since the bridge itself does, but it will become a problem
when we add support for replaying switchdev object deletions.
Let's fix this by adding a blank void *ctx in the replay helpers, which
will be passed on by the bridge in the switchdev notifications. If the
context is NULL, everything is the same as before. But if the context is
populated with a valid pointer, the underlying switchdev driver
(currently DSA) can use the pointer to 'see through' the bridge port
(which in the example above is bond0) and 'know' that the event is only
for a particular physical port offloading that bridge port, and not for
all of them.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the case where the driver asks for a replay of a certain type of
event (port object or attribute) for a bridge port that is a LAG, it may
do so because this port has just joined the LAG.
But there might already be other switchdev ports in that LAG, and it is
preferable that those preexisting switchdev ports do not act upon the
replayed event.
The solution is to add a context to switchdev events, which is NULL most
of the time (when the bridge layer initiates the call) but which can be
set to a value controlled by the switchdev driver when a replay is
requested. The driver can then check the context to figure out if all
ports within the LAG should act upon the switchdev event, or just the
ones that match the context.
We have to modify all switchdev_handle_* helper functions as well as the
prototypes in the drivers that use these helpers too, because these
helpers hide the underlying struct switchdev_notifier_info from us and
there is no way to retrieve the context otherwise.
The context structure will be populated and used in later patches.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With MRP hardware assist being supported only by the ocelot switch
family, which by design does not support cross-chip bridging, the
current match functions are at best a guess and have not been confirmed
in any way to do anything relevant in a multi-switch topology.
Drop the code and make the notifiers match only on the targeted switch
port.
Cc: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dsa_slave_change_mtu() calls dsa_port_mtu_change() twice:
- it sends a cross-chip notifier with the MTU of the CPU port which is
used to update the DSA links.
- it sends one targeted MTU notifier which is supposed to only match the
user port on which we are changing the MTU. The "propagate_upstream"
variable is used here to bypass the cross-chip notifier system from
switch.c
But due to a mistake, the second, targeted notifier matches not only on
the user port, but also on the DSA link which is a member of the same
switch, if that exists.
And because the DSA links of the entire dst were programmed in a
previous round to the largest_mtu via a "propagate_upstream == true"
notification, then the dsa_port_mtu_change(propagate_upstream == false)
call that is immediately upcoming will break the MTU on the one DSA link
which is chip-wise local to the dp whose MTU is changing right now.
Example given this daisy chain topology:
sw0p0 sw0p1 sw0p2 sw0p3 sw0p4
[ cpu ] [ user ] [ user ] [ dsa ] [ user ]
[ x ] [ ] [ ] [ x ] [ ]
|
+---------+
|
sw1p0 sw1p1 sw1p2 sw1p3 sw1p4
[ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ dsa ] [ dsa ]
[ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ x ]
ip link set sw0p1 mtu 9000
ip link set sw1p1 mtu 9000 # at this stage, sw0p1 and sw1p1 can talk
# to one another using jumbo frames
ip link set sw0p2 mtu 1500 # this programs the sw0p3 DSA link first to
# the largest_mtu of 9000, then reprograms it to
# 1500 with the "propagate_upstream == false"
# notifier, breaking communication between
# sw0p1 and sw1p1
To escape from this situation, make the targeted match really match on a
single port - the user port, and rename the "propagate_upstream"
variable to "targeted_match" to clarify the intention and avoid future
issues.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If we have a cross-chip topology like this:
sw0p0 sw0p1 sw0p2 sw0p3 sw0p4
[ cpu ] [ user ] [ user ] [ dsa ] [ user ]
|
+---------+
|
sw1p0 sw1p1 sw1p2 sw1p3 sw1p4
[ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ dsa ] [ dsa ]
and we issue the following commands:
1. ip link set sw0p1 mtu 1700
2. ip link set sw1p1 mtu 1600
we notice the following happening:
Command 1. emits a non-targeted MTU notifier for the CPU port (sw0p0)
with the largest_mtu calculated across switch 0, of 1700. This matches
sw0p0, sw0p3 and sw1p4 (all CPU ports and DSA links).
Then, it emits a targeted MTU notifier for the user port (sw0p1), again
with MTU 1700 (this doesn't matter).
Command 2. emits a non-targeted MTU notifier for the CPU port (sw0p0)
with the largest_mtu calculated across switch 1, of 1600. This matches
the same group of ports as above, and decreases the MTU for the CPU port
and the DSA links from 1700 to 1600.
As a result, the sw0p1 user port can no longer communicate with its CPU
port at MTU 1700.
To address this, we should calculate the largest_mtu across all switches
that may share a CPU port, and only emit MTU notifiers with that value.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the notifier for adding a multicast MAC address matches on
the targeted port and on all DSA links in the system, be they upstream
or downstream links.
This leads to a considerable amount of useless traffic.
Consider this daisy chain topology, and a MDB add notifier emitted on
sw0p0. It matches on sw0p0, sw0p3, sw1p3 and sw2p4.
sw0p0 sw0p1 sw0p2 sw0p3 sw0p4
[ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ dsa ] [ cpu ]
[ x ] [ ] [ ] [ x ] [ ]
|
+---------+
|
sw1p0 sw1p1 sw1p2 sw1p3 sw1p4
[ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ dsa ] [ dsa ]
[ ] [ ] [ ] [ x ] [ x ]
|
+---------+
|
sw2p0 sw2p1 sw2p2 sw2p3 sw2p4
[ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ dsa ]
[ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ x ]
But switch 0 has no reason to send the multicast traffic for that MAC
address on sw0p3, which is how it reaches switches 1 and 2. Those
switches don't expect, according to the user configuration, to receive
this multicast address from switch 1, and they will drop it anyway,
because the only valid destination is the port they received it on.
They only need to configure themselves to deliver that multicast address
_towards_ switch 1, where the MDB entry is installed.
Similarly, switch 1 should not send this multicast traffic towards
sw1p3, because that is how it reaches switch 2.
With this change, the heat map for this MDB notifier changes as follows:
sw0p0 sw0p1 sw0p2 sw0p3 sw0p4
[ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ dsa ] [ cpu ]
[ x ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ]
|
+---------+
|
sw1p0 sw1p1 sw1p2 sw1p3 sw1p4
[ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ dsa ] [ dsa ]
[ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ x ]
|
+---------+
|
sw2p0 sw2p1 sw2p2 sw2p3 sw2p4
[ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ dsa ]
[ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ x ]
Now the mdb notifier behaves the same as the fdb notifier.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The difference between dsa_is_user_port and dsa_port_is_user is that the
former needs to look up the list of ports of the DSA switch tree in
order to find the struct dsa_port, while the latter directly receives it
as an argument.
dsa_is_user_port is already in widespread use and has its place, so
there isn't any chance of converting all callers to a single form.
But being able to do:
dsa_port_is_user(dp)
instead of
dsa_is_user_port(dp->ds, dp->index)
is much more efficient too, especially when the "dp" comes from an
iterator over the DSA switch tree - this reduces the complexity from
quadratic to linear.
Move these helpers from dsa2.c to include/net/dsa.h so that others can
use them too.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The cross-chip notifiers work by comparing each ds->index against the
info->sw_index value from the notifier. The ds->index is retrieved from
the device tree dsa,member property.
If a single tree cross-chip topology does not declare unique switch IDs,
this will result in hard-to-debug issues/voodoo effects such as the
cross-chip notifier for one switch port also matching the port with the
same number from another switch.
Check in dsa_switch_parse_member_of() whether the DSA switch tree
contains a DSA switch with the index we're preparing to add, before
actually adding it.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current get_phy_flags() is only processed when we connect to a PHY
via a designed phy-handle property via phylink_of_phy_connect(), but if
we fallback on the internal MDIO bus created by a switch and take the
dsa_slave_phy_connect() path then we would not be processing that flag
and using it at PHY connection time.
Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TX timestamping procedure for SJA1105 is a bit unconventional
because the transmit procedure itself is unconventional.
Control packets (and therefore PTP as well) are transmitted to a
specific port in SJA1105 using "management routes" which must be written
over SPI to the switch. These are one-shot rules that match by
destination MAC address on traffic coming from the CPU port, and select
the precise destination port for that packet. So to transmit a packet
from NET_TX softirq context, we actually need to defer to a process
context so that we can perform that SPI write before we send the packet.
The DSA master dev_queue_xmit() runs in process context, and we poll
until the switch confirms it took the TX timestamp, then we annotate the
skb clone with that TX timestamp. This is why the sja1105 driver does
not need an skb queue for TX timestamping.
But the SJA1110 is a bit (not much!) more conventional, and you can
request 2-step TX timestamping through the DSA header, as well as give
the switch a cookie (timestamp ID) which it will give back to you when
it has the timestamp. So now we do need a queue for keeping the skb
clones until their TX timestamps become available.
The interesting part is that the metadata frames from SJA1105 haven't
disappeared completely. On SJA1105 they were used as follow-ups which
contained RX timestamps, but on SJA1110 they are actually TX completion
packets, which contain a variable (up to 32) array of timestamps.
Why an array? Because:
- not only is the TX timestamp on the egress port being communicated,
but also the RX timestamp on the CPU port. Nice, but we don't care
about that, so we ignore it.
- because a packet could be multicast to multiple egress ports, each
port takes its own timestamp, and the TX completion packet contains
the individual timestamps on each port.
This is unconventional because switches typically have a timestamping
FIFO and raise an interrupt, but this one doesn't. So the tagger needs
to detect and parse meta frames, and call into the main switch driver,
which pairs the timestamps with the skbs in the TX timestamping queue
which are waiting for one.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SJA1110 has improved a few things compared to SJA1105:
- To send a control packet from the host port with SJA1105, one needed
to program a one-shot "management route" over SPI. This is no longer
true with SJA1110, you can actually send "in-band control extensions"
in the packets sent by DSA, these are in fact DSA tags which contain
the destination port and switch ID.
- When receiving a control packet from the switch with SJA1105, the
source port and switch ID were written in bytes 3 and 4 of the
destination MAC address of the frame (which was a very poor shot at a
DSA header). If the control packet also had an RX timestamp, that
timestamp was sent in an actual follow-up packet, so there were
reordering concerns on multi-core/multi-queue DSA masters, where the
metadata frame with the RX timestamp might get processed before the
actual packet to which that timestamp belonged (there is no way to
pair a packet to its timestamp other than the order in which they were
received). On SJA1110, this is no longer true, control packets have
the source port, switch ID and timestamp all in the DSA tags.
- Timestamps from the switch were partial: to get a 64-bit timestamp as
required by PTP stacks, one would need to take the partial 24-bit or
32-bit timestamp from the packet, then read the current PTP time very
quickly, and then patch in the high bits of the current PTP time into
the captured partial timestamp, to reconstruct what the full 64-bit
timestamp must have been. That is awful because packet processing is
done in NAPI context, but reading the current PTP time is done over
SPI and therefore needs sleepable context.
But it also aggravated a few things:
- Not only is there a DSA header in SJA1110, but there is a DSA trailer
in fact, too. So DSA needs to be extended to support taggers which
have both a header and a trailer. Very unconventional - my understanding
is that the trailer exists because the timestamps couldn't be prepared
in time for putting them in the header area.
- Like SJA1105, not all packets sent to the CPU have the DSA tag added
to them, only control packets do:
* the ones which match the destination MAC filters/traps in
MAC_FLTRES1 and MAC_FLTRES0
* the ones which match FDB entries which have TRAP or TAKETS bits set
So we could in theory hack something up to request the switch to take
timestamps for all packets that reach the CPU, and those would be
DSA-tagged and contain the source port / switch ID by virtue of the
fact that there needs to be a timestamp trailer provided. BUT:
- The SJA1110 does not parse its own DSA tags in a way that is useful
for routing in cross-chip topologies, a la Marvell. And the sja1105
driver already supports cross-chip bridging from the SJA1105 days.
It does that by automatically setting up the DSA links as VLAN trunks
which contain all the necessary tag_8021q RX VLANs that must be
communicated between the switches that span the same bridge. So when
using tag_8021q on sja1105, it is possible to have 2 switches with
ports sw0p0, sw0p1, sw1p0, sw1p1, and 2 VLAN-unaware bridges br0 and
br1, and br0 can take sw0p0 and sw1p0, and br1 can take sw0p1 and
sw1p1, and forwarding will happen according to the expected rules of
the Linux bridge.
We like that, and we don't want that to go away, so as a matter of
fact, the SJA1110 tagger still needs to support tag_8021q.
So the sja1110 tagger is a hybrid between tag_8021q for data packets,
and the native hardware support for control packets.
On RX, packets have a 13-byte trailer if they contain an RX timestamp.
That trailer is padded in such a way that its byte 8 (the start of the
"residence time" field - not parsed by Linux because we don't care) is
aligned on a 16 byte boundary. So the padding has a variable length
between 0 and 15 bytes. The DSA header contains the offset of the
beginning of the padding relative to the beginning of the frame (and the
end of the padding is obviously the end of the packet minus 13 bytes,
the length of the trailer). So we discard it.
Packets which don't have a trailer contain the source port and switch ID
information in the header (they are "trap-to-host" packets). Packets
which have a trailer contain the source port and switch ID in the trailer.
On TX, the destination port mask and switch ID is always in the trailer,
so we always need to say in the header that a trailer is present.
The header needs a custom EtherType and this was chosen as 0xdadc, after
0xdada which is for Marvell and 0xdadb which is for VLANs in
VLAN-unaware mode on SJA1105 (and SJA1110 in fact too).
Because we use tag_8021q in concert with the native tagging protocol,
control packets will have 2 DSA tags.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In SJA1105, RX timestamps for packets sent to the CPU are transmitted in
separate follow-up packets (metadata frames). These contain partial
timestamps (24 or 32 bits) which are kept in SJA1105_SKB_CB(skb)->meta_tstamp.
Thankfully, SJA1110 improved that, and the RX timestamps are now
transmitted in-band with the actual packet, in the timestamp trailer.
The RX timestamps are now full-width 64 bits.
Because we process the RX DSA tags in the rcv() method in the tagger,
but we would like to preserve the DSA code structure in that we populate
the skb timestamp in the port_rxtstamp() call which only happens later,
the implication is that we must somehow pass the 64-bit timestamp from
the rcv() method all the way to port_rxtstamp(). We can use the skb->cb
for that.
Rename the meta_tstamp from struct sja1105_skb_cb from "meta_tstamp" to
"tstamp", and increase its size to 64 bits.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The added value of this function is that it can deal with both the case
where the VLAN header is in the skb head, as well as in the offload field.
This is something I was not able to do using other functions in the
network stack.
Since both ocelot-8021q and sja1105 need to do the same stuff, let's
make it a common service provided by tag_8021q.
This is done as refactoring for the new SJA1110 tagger, which partly
uses tag_8021q as well (just like SJA1105), and will be the third caller.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This makes no sense and is not needed, it is probably a debugging
leftover.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some really really weird switches just couldn't decide whether to use a
normal or a tail tagger, so they just did both.
This creates problems for DSA, because we only have the concept of an
'overhead' which can be applied to the headroom or to the tailroom of
the skb (like for example during the central TX reallocation procedure),
depending on the value of bool tail_tag, but not to both.
We need to generalize DSA to cater for these odd switches by
transforming the 'overhead / tail_tag' pair into 'needed_headroom /
needed_tailroom'.
The DSA master's MTU is increased to account for both.
The flow dissector code is modified such that it only calls the DSA
adjustment callback if the tagger has a non-zero header length.
Taggers are trivially modified to declare either needed_headroom or
needed_tailroom, based on the tail_tag value that they currently
declare.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When using sub-VLANs in the range of 1-7, the resulting value from:
rx_vid = dsa_8021q_rx_vid_subvlan(ds, port, subvlan);
is wrong according to the description from tag_8021q.c:
| 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
+-----------+-----+-----------------+-----------+-----------------------+
| DIR | SVL | SWITCH_ID | SUBVLAN | PORT |
+-----------+-----+-----------------+-----------+-----------------------+
For example, when ds->index == 0, port == 3 and subvlan == 1,
dsa_8021q_rx_vid_subvlan() returns 1027, same as it returns for
subvlan == 0, but it should have returned 1043.
This is because the low portion of the subvlan bits are not masked
properly when writing into the 12-bit VLAN value. They are masked into
bits 4:3, but they should be masked into bits 5:4.
Fixes: 3eaae1d05f ("net: dsa: tag_8021q: support up to 8 VLANs per port using sub-VLANs")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA implements a bunch of 'standardized' ethtool statistics counters,
namely tx_packets, tx_bytes, rx_packets, rx_bytes. So whatever the
hardware driver returns in .get_sset_count(), we need to add 4 to that.
That is ok, except that .get_sset_count() can return a negative error
code, for example:
b53_get_sset_count
-> phy_ethtool_get_sset_count
-> return -EIO
-EIO is -5, and with 4 added to it, it becomes -1, aka -EPERM. One can
imagine that certain error codes may even become positive, although
based on code inspection I did not see instances of that.
Check the error code first, if it is negative return it as-is.
Based on a similar patch for dsa_master_get_strings from Dan Carpenter:
https://patchwork.kernel.org/project/netdevbpf/patch/YJaSe3RPgn7gKxZv@mwanda/
Fixes: 91da11f870 ("net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If ds->ops->get_sset_count() fails then it "count" is a negative error
code such as -EOPNOTSUPP. Because "i" is an unsigned int, the negative
error code is type promoted to a very high value and the loop will
corrupt memory until the system crashes.
Fix this by checking for error codes and changing the type of "i" to
just int.
Fixes: badf3ada60 ("net: dsa: Provide CPU port statistics to master netdev")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case ethernet driver is enabled and INET is disabled, selftest will
fail to build.
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Fixes: 3e1e58d64c ("net: add generic selftest support")
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> # build-tested
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210428130947.29649-1-o.rempel@pengutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Although HWTSTAMP_TX_ONESTEP_SYNC existed in ioctl for hardware timestamp
configuration, the PTP Sync one-step timestamping had never been supported.
This patch is to truely support it.
- ocelot_port_txtstamp_request()
This function handles tx timestamp request by storing
ptp_cmd(tx timestamp type) in OCELOT_SKB_CB(skb)->ptp_cmd,
and additionally for two-step timestamp storing ts_id in
OCELOT_SKB_CB(clone)->ptp_cmd.
- ocelot_ptp_rew_op()
During xmit, this function is called to get rew_op (rewriter option) by
checking skb->cb for tx timestamp request, and configure to transmitting.
Non-onestep-Sync packet with one-step timestamp request falls back to use
two-step timestamp.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Free skb->cb usage in core driver and let device drivers decide to
use or not. The reason having a DSA_SKB_CB(skb)->clone was because
dsa_skb_tx_timestamp() which may set the clone pointer was called
before p->xmit() which would use the clone if any, and the device
driver has no way to initialize the clone pointer.
This patch just put memset(skb->cb, 0, sizeof(skb->cb)) at beginning
of dsa_slave_xmit(). Some new features in the future, like one-step
timestamp may need more bytes of skb->cb to use in
dsa_skb_tx_timestamp(), and p->xmit().
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It was a waste to clone skb directly in dsa_skb_tx_timestamp().
For one-step timestamping, a clone was not needed. For any failure of
port_txtstamp (this may usually happen), the skb clone had to be freed.
So this patch moves skb cloning for tx timestamp out of dsa core, and
let drivers clone skb in port_txtstamp if they really need.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move ptp_classify_raw out of dsa core driver for handling tx
timestamp request. Let device drivers do this if they want.
Not all drivers want to limit tx timestamping for only PTP
packet.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check tx timestamp request in core driver at very beginning of
dsa_skb_tx_timestamp(), so that most skbs not requiring tx
timestamp just return. And drop such checking in device drivers.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Starting with patch:
a8b659e7ff ("net: dsa: act as passthrough for bridge port flags")
drivers without "port_bridge_flags" callback will fail to join the bridge.
Looking at the code, -EOPNOTSUPP seems to be the proper return value,
which makes at least microchip and atheros switches work again.
Fixes: 5961d6a12c ("net: dsa: inherit the actual bridge port flags at join time")
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some combinations of tag protocols and Ethernet controllers are
incompatible, and it is hard for the driver to keep track of these.
Therefore, allow the device tree author (typically the board vendor)
to inform the driver of this fact by selecting an alternate protocol
that is known to work.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously DSA ports were also included, on the assumption that the
protocol used by the CPU port had to the matched throughout the entire
tree.
As there is not yet any consumer in need of this, drop the call.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most of generic selftest should be able to work with probably all ethernet
controllers. The DSA switches are not exception, so enable it by default at
least for DSA.
This patch was tested with SJA1105 and AR9331.
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As explained in bugfix commit 6ab4c3117a ("net: bridge: don't notify
switchdev for local FDB addresses") as well as in this discussion:
https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20210117193009.io3nungdwuzmo5f7@skbuf/
the switchdev notifiers for FDB entries managed to have a zero-day bug,
which was that drivers would not know what to do with local FDB entries,
because they were not told that they are local. The bug fix was to
simply not notify them of those addresses.
Let us now add the 'is_local' bit to bridge FDB entries, and make all
drivers ignore these entries by their own choice.
Co-developed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_get_mac_address() returns a "const void*" pointer to a MAC address.
Lately, support to fetch the MAC address by an NVMEM provider was added.
But this will only work with platform devices. It will not work with
PCI devices (e.g. of an integrated root complex) and esp. not with DSA
ports.
There is an of_* variant of the nvmem binding which works without
devices. The returned data of a nvmem_cell_read() has to be freed after
use. On the other hand the return of_get_mac_address() points to some
static data without a lifetime. The trick for now, was to allocate a
device resource managed buffer which is then returned. This will only
work if we have an actual device.
Change it, so that the caller of of_get_mac_address() has to supply a
buffer where the MAC address is written to. Unfortunately, this will
touch all drivers which use the of_get_mac_address().
Usually the code looks like:
const char *addr;
addr = of_get_mac_address(np);
if (!IS_ERR(addr))
ether_addr_copy(ndev->dev_addr, addr);
This can then be simply rewritten as:
of_get_mac_address(np, ndev->dev_addr);
Sometimes is_valid_ether_addr() is used to test the MAC address.
of_get_mac_address() already makes sure, it just returns a valid MAC
address. Thus we can just test its return code. But we have to be
careful if there are still other sources for the MAC address before the
of_get_mac_address(). In this case we have to keep the
is_valid_ether_addr() call.
The following coccinelle patch was used to convert common cases to the
new style. Afterwards, I've manually gone over the drivers and fixed the
return code variable: either used a new one or if one was already
available use that. Mansour Moufid, thanks for that coccinelle patch!
<spml>
@a@
identifier x;
expression y, z;
@@
- x = of_get_mac_address(y);
+ x = of_get_mac_address(y, z);
<...
- ether_addr_copy(z, x);
...>
@@
identifier a.x;
@@
- if (<+... x ...+>) {}
@@
identifier a.x;
@@
if (<+... x ...+>) {
...
}
- else {}
@@
identifier a.x;
expression e;
@@
- if (<+... x ...+>@e)
- {}
- else
+ if (!(e))
{...}
@@
expression x, y, z;
@@
- x = of_get_mac_address(y, z);
+ of_get_mac_address(y, z);
... when != x
</spml>
All drivers, except drivers/net/ethernet/aeroflex/greth.c, were
compile-time tested.
Suggested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
MAINTAINERS
- keep Chandrasekar
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_main.c
- simple fix + trust the code re-added to param.c in -next is fine
include/linux/bpf.h
- trivial
include/linux/ethtool.h
- trivial, fix kdoc while at it
include/linux/skmsg.h
- move to relevant place in tcp.c, comment re-wrapped
net/core/skmsg.c
- add the sk = sk // sk = NULL around calls
net/tipc/crypto.c
- trivial
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
If PHY is not available on DSA port (described at devicetree but absent or
failed to detect) then kernel prints warning after 3700 secs:
[ 3707.948771] ------------[ cut here ]------------
[ 3707.948784] Type was not set for devlink port.
[ 3707.948894] WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 17 at net/core/devlink.c:8097 0xc083f9d8
We should unregister the devlink port as a user port and
re-register it as an unused port before executing "continue" in case of
dsa_port_setup error.
Fixes: 86f8b1c01a ("net: dsa: Do not make user port errors fatal")
Signed-off-by: Maxim Kochetkov <fido_max@inbox.ru>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Modify "Apparantly" to "Apparently" in net/dsa/tag_rtl4_a.c..
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Lu Wei <luwei32@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA is aware of switches with global VLAN filtering since the blamed
commit, but it makes a bad decision when multiple bridges are spanning
the same switch:
ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ip link add br1 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ip link set swp2 master br0
ip link set swp3 master br0
ip link set swp4 master br1
ip link set swp5 master br1
ip link set swp5 nomaster
ip link set swp4 nomaster
[138665.939930] sja1105 spi0.1: port 3: dsa_core: VLAN filtering is a global setting
[138665.947514] DSA: failed to notify DSA_NOTIFIER_BRIDGE_LEAVE
When all ports leave br1, DSA blindly attempts to disable VLAN filtering
on the switch, ignoring the fact that br0 still exists and is VLAN-aware
too. It fails while doing that.
This patch checks whether any port exists at all and is under a
VLAN-aware bridge.
Fixes: d371b7c92d ("net: dsa: Unset vlan_filtering when ports leave the bridge")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dsa infrastructure provides a well-defined hierarchy of devices,
pass up the call to set up the flow block to the master device. From the
software dataplane, the netfilter infrastructure uses the dsa slave
devices to refer to the input and output device for the given skbuff.
Similarly, the flowtable definition in the ruleset refers to the dsa
slave port devices.
This patch adds the glue code to call ndo_setup_tc with TC_SETUP_FT
with the master device via the dsa slave devices.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add .ndo_fill_forward_path for dsa slave port devices
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If we join an already-created bridge port, such as a bond master
interface, then we can miss the initial switchdev notifications emitted
by the bridge for this port, while it wasn't offloaded by anybody.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA currently assumes that the bridge port starts off with this
constellation of bridge port flags:
- learning on
- unicast flooding on
- multicast flooding on
- broadcast flooding on
just by virtue of code copy-pasta from the bridge layer (new_nbp).
This was a simple enough strategy thus far, because the 'bridge join'
moment always coincided with the 'bridge port creation' moment.
But with sandwiched interfaces, such as:
br0
|
bond0
|
swp0
it may happen that the user has had time to change the bridge port flags
of bond0 before enslaving swp0 to it. In that case, swp0 will falsely
assume that the bridge port flags are those determined by new_nbp, when
in fact this can happen:
ip link add br0 type bridge
ip link add bond0 type bond
ip link set bond0 master br0
ip link set bond0 type bridge_slave learning off
ip link set swp0 master br0
Now swp0 has learning enabled, bond0 has learning disabled. Not nice.
Fix this by "dumpster diving" through the actual bridge port flags with
br_port_flag_is_set, at bridge join time.
We use this opportunity to split dsa_port_change_brport_flags into two
distinct functions called dsa_port_inherit_brport_flags and
dsa_port_clear_brport_flags, now that the implementation for the two
cases is no longer similar. This patch also creates two functions called
dsa_port_switchdev_sync and dsa_port_switchdev_unsync which collect what
we have so far, even if that's asymmetrical. More is going to be added
in the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a pretty noisy change that was broken out of the larger change
for replaying switchdev attributes and objects at bridge join time,
which is when these extack objects are actually used.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA can properly detect and offload this sequence of operations:
ip link add br0 type bridge
ip link add bond0 type bond
ip link set swp0 master bond0
ip link set bond0 master br0
But not this one:
ip link add br0 type bridge
ip link add bond0 type bond
ip link set bond0 master br0
ip link set swp0 master bond0
Actually the second one is more complicated, due to the elapsed time
between the enslavement of bond0 and the offloading of it via swp0, a
lot of things could have happened to the bond0 bridge port in terms of
switchdev objects (host MDBs, VLANs, altered STP state etc). So this is
a bit of a can of worms, and making sure that the DSA port's state is in
sync with this already existing bridge port is handled in the next
patches.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use a temporary variable to hold the return value from
dsa_tag_driver_get() instead of assigning it to dst->tag_ops. Leaving
an error value in dst->tag_ops can result in deferencing an invalid
pointer when a deferred switch configuration happens later.
Fixes: 357f203bb3 ("net: dsa: keep a copy of the tagging protocol in the DSA switch tree")
Signed-off-by: George McCollister <george.mccollister@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. Remove CONFIG_HAVE_NET_DSA.
CONFIG_HAVE_NET_DSA is a legacy leftover from the times when drivers
should have selected CONFIG_NET_DSA manually.
Currently, all drivers has explicit 'depends on NET_DSA', so this is
no more needed.
2. CONFIG_HAVE_NET_DSA dependencies became CONFIG_NET_DSA's ones.
- dropped !S390 dependency which was introduced to be sure NET_DSA
can select CONFIG_PHYLIB. DSA migrated to Phylink almost 3 years
ago and the PHY library itself doesn't depend on !S390 since
commit 870a2b5e4f ("phylib: remove !S390 dependeny from Kconfig");
- INET dependency is kept to be sure we can select NET_SWITCHDEV;
- NETDEVICES dependency is kept to be sure we can select PHYLINK.
3. DSA drivers menu now depends on NET_DSA.
Instead on 'depends on NET_DSA' on every single driver, the entire
menu now depends on it. This eliminates a lot of duplicated lines
from Kconfig with no loss (when CONFIG_NET_DSA=m, drivers also can
be only m or n).
This also has a nice side effect that there's no more empty menu on
configurations without DSA.
4. Kbuild will now descend into 'drivers/net/dsa' only when
CONFIG_NET_DSA is y or m.
This is safe since no objects inside this folder can be built without
DSA core, as well as when CONFIG_NET_DSA=m, no objects can be
built-in.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@pm.me>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order for a driver to be able to query a bridge for information
about itself, e.g. reading out port flags, it has to use a netdev that
is known to the bridge. In the simple case, that is just the netdev
representing the port, e.g. swp0 or swp1 in this example:
br0
/ \
swp0 swp1
But in the case of an offloaded lag, this will be the bond or team
interface, e.g. bond0 in this example:
br0
/
bond0
/ \
swp0 swp1
Add a helper that hides some of this complexity from the
drivers. Then, redefine dsa_port_offloads_bridge_port using the helper
to avoid double accounting of the set of possible offloaded uppers.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for legacy Broadcom tags, which are similar to DSA_TAG_PROTO_BRCM.
These tags are used on BCM5325, BCM5365 and BCM63xx switches.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now when extracting frames from CPU the cpuq is not used anymore so
remove it.
Signed-off-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch extends MRP support for Ocelot. It allows to have multiple
rings and when the node has the MRC role it forwards MRP Test frames in
HW. For MRM there is no change.
Signed-off-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support port MDB and bridge flag operations.
As the hardware can manage multicast forwarding itself, offload_fwd_mark
can be unconditionally set to true.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tobias reports that after the blamed patch, VLAN objects being added to
a bridge device are being added to all slave ports instead (swp2, swp3).
ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ip link set swp2 master br0
ip link set swp3 master br0
bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 self
This is because the fix was too broad: we made dsa_port_offloads_netdev
say "yes, I offload the br0 bridge" for all slave ports, but we didn't
add the checks whether the switchdev object was in fact meant for the
physical port or for the bridge itself. So we are reacting on events in
a way in which we shouldn't.
The reason why the fix was too broad is because the question itself,
"does this DSA port offload this netdev", was too broad in the first
place. The solution is to disambiguate the question and separate it into
two different functions, one to be called for each switchdev attribute /
object that has an orig_dev == net_bridge (dsa_port_offloads_bridge),
and the other for orig_dev == net_bridge_port (*_offloads_bridge_port).
In the case of VLAN objects on the bridge interface, this solves the
problem because we know that VLAN objects are per bridge port and not
per bridge. And when orig_dev is equal to the net_bridge, we offload it
as a bridge, but not as a bridge port; that's how we are able to skip
reacting on those events. Note that this is compatible with future plans
to have explicit offloading of VLAN objects on the bridge interface as a
bridge port (in DSA, this signifies that we should add that VLAN towards
the CPU port).
Fixes: 99b8202b17 ("net: dsa: fix SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING getting ignored")
Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Tested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A different TPID bit is used for 802.1ad VLAN frames.
Reported-by: Ilario Gelmetti <iochesonome@gmail.com>
Fixes: f0af34317f ("net: dsa: mediatek: combine MediaTek tag with VLAN tag")
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 86dd9868b8 has several issues, but was accepted too soon
before anyone could take a look.
- Double free. dsa_slave_xmit() will free the skb if the xmit function
returns NULL, but the skb is already freed by eth_skb_pad(). Use
__skb_put_padto() to avoid that.
- Unnecessary allocation. It has been done by DSA core since commit
a3b0b64797.
- A u16 pointer points to skb data. It should be __be16 for network
byte order.
- Typo in comments. "numer" -> "number".
Fixes: 86dd9868b8 ("net: dsa: tag_rtl4_a: Support also egress tags")
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the ocelot driver code is in a library, the dsa tag
code cannot be built-in:
ld.lld: error: undefined symbol: ocelot_can_inject
>>> referenced by tag_ocelot_8021q.c
>>> dsa/tag_ocelot_8021q.o:(ocelot_xmit) in archive net/built-in.a
ld.lld: error: undefined symbol: ocelot_port_inject_frame
>>> referenced by tag_ocelot_8021q.c
>>> dsa/tag_ocelot_8021q.o:(ocelot_xmit) in archive net/built-in.a
Building the tag support only really makes sense for compile-testing
when the driver is available, so add a Kconfig dependency that prevents
the broken configuration while allowing COMPILE_TEST alternative when
MSCC_OCELOT_SWITCH_LIB is disabled entirely. This case is handled
through the #ifdef check in include/soc/mscc/ocelot.h.
Fixes: 0a6f17c6ae ("net: dsa: tag_ocelot_8021q: add support for PTP timestamping")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210225143910.3964364-2-arnd@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The core DSA framework uses hsr_is_master() which would not resolve to a
valid symbol if HSR is built-into the kernel and DSA is a module.
Fixes: 18596f504a ("net: dsa: add support for offloading HSR")
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: George McCollister <george.mccollister@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210220051222.15672-1-f.fainelli@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Support also transmitting frames using the custom "8899 A"
4 byte tag.
Qingfang came up with the solution: we need to pad the
ethernet frame to 60 bytes using eth_skb_pad(), then the
switch will happily accept frames with custom tags.
Cc: Mauri Sandberg <sandberg@mailfence.com>
Reported-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Fixes: efd7fe68f0 ("net: dsa: tag_rtl4_a: Implement Realtek 4 byte A tag")
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement functions 'port_mrp_add', 'port_mrp_del',
'port_mrp_add_ring_role' and 'port_mrp_del_ring_role' to call the mrp
functions from ocelot.
Also all MRP frames that arrive to CPU on queue number OCELOT_MRP_CPUQ
will be forward by the SW.
Signed-off-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for offloading MRP in HW. Currently implement the switchdev
calls 'SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_MRP', 'SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_RING_ROLE_MRP',
to allow to create MRP instances and to set the role of these instances.
Add DSA_NOTIFIER_MRP_ADD/DEL and DSA_NOTIFIER_MRP_ADD/DEL_RING_ROLE
which calls to .port_mrp_add/del and .port_mrp_add/del_ring_role in the
DSA driver for the switch.
Signed-off-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Smatch is confused by the fact that a 32-bit BIT(port) macro is passed
as argument to the ocelot_ifh_set_dest function and warns:
ocelot_xmit() warn: should '(((1))) << (dp->index)' be a 64 bit type?
seville_xmit() warn: should '(((1))) << (dp->index)' be a 64 bit type?
The destination port mask is copied into a 12-bit field of the packet,
starting at bit offset 67 and ending at 56.
So this DSA tagging protocol supports at most 12 bits, which is clearly
less than 32. Attempting to send to a port number > 12 will cause the
packing() call to truncate way before there will be 32-bit truncation
due to type promotion of the BIT(port) argument towards u64.
Therefore, smatch's fears that BIT(port) will do the wrong thing and
cause unexpected truncation for "port" values >= 32 are unfounded.
Nonetheless, let's silence the warning by explicitly passing an u64
value to ocelot_ifh_set_dest, such that the compiler does not need to do
a questionable type promotion.
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some drivers can't dynamically change the VLAN filtering option, or
impose some restrictions, it would be nice to propagate this info
through netlink instead of printing it to a kernel log that might never
be read. Also netlink extack includes the module that emitted the
message, which means that it's easier to figure out which ones are
driver-generated errors as opposed to command misuse.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow drivers to communicate their restrictions to user space directly,
instead of printing to the kernel log. Where the conversion would have
been lossy and things like VLAN ID could no longer be conveyed (due to
the lack of support for printf format specifier in netlink extack), I
chose to keep the messages in full form to the kernel log only, and
leave it up to individual driver maintainers to move more messages to
extack.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For TX timestamping, we use the felix_txtstamp method which is common
with the regular (non-8021q) ocelot tagger. This method says that skb
deferral is needed, prepares a timestamp request ID, and puts a clone of
the skb in a queue waiting for the timestamp IRQ.
felix_txtstamp is called by dsa_skb_tx_timestamp() just before the
tagger's xmit method. In the tagger xmit, we divert the packets
classified by dsa_skb_tx_timestamp() as PTP towards the MMIO-based
injection registers, and we declare them as dead towards dsa_slave_xmit.
If not PTP, we proceed with normal tag_8021q stuff.
Then the timestamp IRQ fires, the clone queued up from felix_txtstamp is
matched to the TX timestamp retrieved from the switch's FIFO based on
the timestamp request ID, and the clone is delivered to the stack.
On RX, thanks to the VCAP IS2 rule that redirects the frames with an
EtherType for 1588 towards two destinations:
- the CPU port module (for MMIO based extraction) and
- if the "no XTR IRQ" workaround is in place, the dsa_8021q CPU port
the relevant data path processing starts in the ptp_classify_raw BPF
classifier installed by DSA in the RX data path (post tagger, which is
completely unaware that it saw a PTP packet).
This time we can't reuse the same implementation of .port_rxtstamp that
also works with the default ocelot tagger. That is because felix_rxtstamp
is given an skb with a freshly stripped DSA header, and it says "I don't
need deferral for its RX timestamp, it's right in it, let me show you";
and it just points to the header right behind skb->data, from where it
unpacks the timestamp and annotates the skb with it.
The same thing cannot happen with tag_ocelot_8021q, because for one
thing, the skb did not have an extraction frame header in the first
place, but a VLAN tag with no timestamp information. So the code paths
in felix_rxtstamp for the regular and 8021q tagger are completely
independent. With tag_8021q, the timestamp must come from the packet's
duplicate delivered to the CPU port module, but there is potentially
complex logic to be handled [ and prone to reordering ] if we were to
just start reading packets from the CPU port module, and try to match
them to the one we received over Ethernet and which needs an RX
timestamp. So we do something simple: we tell DSA "give me some time to
think" (we request skb deferral by returning false from .port_rxtstamp)
and we just drop the frame we got over Ethernet with no attempt to match
it to anything - we just treat it as a notification that there's data to
be processed from the CPU port module's queues. Then we proceed to read
the packets from those, one by one, which we deliver up the stack,
timestamped, using netif_rx - the same function that any driver would
use anyway if it needed RX timestamp deferral. So the assumption is that
we'll come across the PTP packet that triggered the CPU extraction
notification eventually, but we don't know when exactly. Thanks to the
VCAP IS2 trap/redirect rule and the exclusion of the CPU port module
from the flooding replicators, only PTP frames should be present in the
CPU port module's RX queues anyway.
There is just one conflict between the VCAP IS2 trapping rule and the
semantics of the BPF classifier. Namely, ptp_classify_raw() deems
general messages as non-timestampable, but still, those are trapped to
the CPU port module since they have an EtherType of ETH_P_1588. So, if
the "no XTR IRQ" workaround is in place, we need to run another BPF
classifier on the frames extracted over MMIO, to avoid duplicates being
sent to the stack (once over Ethernet, once over MMIO). It doesn't look
like it's possible to install VCAP IS2 rules based on keys extracted
from the 1588 frame headers.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the tag_8021q tagger is software-defined, it has no means by
itself for retrieving hardware timestamps of PTP event messages.
Because we do want to support PTP on ocelot even with tag_8021q, we need
to use the CPU port module for that. The RX timestamp is present in the
Extraction Frame Header. And because we can't use NPI mode which redirects
the CPU queues to an "external CPU" (meaning the ARM CPU running Linux),
then we need to poll the CPU port module through the MMIO registers to
retrieve TX and RX timestamps.
Sadly, on NXP LS1028A, the Felix switch was integrated into the SoC
without wiring the extraction IRQ line to the ARM GIC. So, if we want to
be notified of any PTP packets received on the CPU port module, we have
a problem.
There is a possible workaround, which is to use the Ethernet CPU port as
a notification channel that packets are available on the CPU port module
as well. When a PTP packet is received by the DSA tagger (without timestamp,
of course), we go to the CPU extraction queues, poll for it there, then
we drop the original Ethernet packet and masquerade the packet retrieved
over MMIO (plus the timestamp) as the original when we inject it up the
stack.
Create a quirk in struct felix is selected by the Felix driver (but not
by Seville, since that doesn't support PTP at all). We want to do this
such that the workaround is minimally invasive for future switches that
don't require this workaround.
The only traffic for which we need timestamps is PTP traffic, so add a
redirection rule to the CPU port module for this. Currently we only have
the need for PTP over L2, so redirection rules for UDP ports 319 and 320
are TBD for now.
Note that for the workaround of matching of PTP-over-Ethernet-port with
PTP-over-MMIO queues to work properly, both channels need to be
absolutely lossless. There are two parts to achieving that:
- We keep flow control enabled on the tag_8021q CPU port
- We put the DSA master interface in promiscuous mode, so it will never
drop a PTP frame (for the profiles we are interested in, these are
sent to the multicast MAC addresses of 01-80-c2-00-00-0e and
01-1b-19-00-00-00).
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ocelot tagger is a hot mess currently, it relies on memory
initialized by the attached driver for basic frame transmission.
This is against all that DSA tagging protocols stand for, which is that
the transmission and reception of a DSA-tagged frame, the data path,
should be independent from the switch control path, because the tag
protocol is in principle hot-pluggable and reusable across switches
(even if in practice it wasn't until very recently). But if another
driver like dsa_loop wants to make use of tag_ocelot, it couldn't.
This was done to have common code between Felix and Ocelot, which have
one bit difference in the frame header format. Quoting from commit
67c2404922 ("net: dsa: felix: create a template for the DSA tags on
xmit"):
Other alternatives have been analyzed, such as:
- Create a separate tag_seville.c: too much code duplication for just 1
bit field difference.
- Create a separate DSA_TAG_PROTO_SEVILLE under tag_ocelot.c, just like
tag_brcm.c, which would have a separate .xmit function. Again, too
much code duplication for just 1 bit field difference.
- Allocate the template from the init function of the tag_ocelot.c
module, instead of from the driver: couldn't figure out a method of
accessing the correct port template corresponding to the correct
tagger in the .xmit function.
The really interesting part is that Seville should have had its own
tagging protocol defined - it is not compatible on the wire with Ocelot,
even for that single bit. In principle, a packet generated by
DSA_TAG_PROTO_OCELOT when booted on NXP LS1028A would look in a certain
way, but when booted on NXP T1040 it would look differently. The reverse
is also true: a packet generated by a Seville switch would be
interpreted incorrectly by Wireshark if it was told it was generated by
an Ocelot switch.
Actually things are a bit more nuanced. If we concentrate only on the
DSA tag, what I said above is true, but Ocelot/Seville also support an
optional DSA tag prefix, which can be short or long, and it is possible
to distinguish the two taggers based on an integer constant put in that
prefix. Nonetheless, creating a separate tagger is still justified,
since the tag prefix is optional, and without it, there is again no way
to distinguish.
Claiming backwards binary compatibility is a bit more tough, since I've
already changed the format of tag_ocelot once, in commit 5124197ce5
("net: dsa: tag_ocelot: use a short prefix on both ingress and egress").
Therefore I am not very concerned with treating this as a bugfix and
backporting it to stable kernels (which would be another mess due to the
fact that there would be lots of conflicts with the other DSA_TAG_PROTO*
definitions). It's just simpler to say that the string values of the
taggers have ABI value starting with kernel 5.12, which will be when the
changing of tag protocol via /sys/class/net/<dsa-master>/dsa/tagging
goes live.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is one place where we cannot avoid accessing driver data, and that
is 2-step PTP TX timestamping, since the switch wants us to provide a
timestamp request ID through the injection header, which naturally must
come from a sequence number kept by the driver (it is generated by the
.port_txtstamp method prior to the tagger's xmit).
However, since other drivers like dsa_loop do not claim PTP support
anyway, the DSA_SKB_CB(skb)->clone will always be NULL anyway, so if we
move all PTP-related dereferences of struct ocelot and struct ocelot_port
into a separate function, we can effectively ensure that this is dead
code when the ocelot tagger is attached to non-ocelot switches, and the
stateful portion of the tagger is more self-contained.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Injection Frame Header and Extraction Frame Header that the switch
prepends to frames over the NPI port is also prepended to frames
delivered over the CPU port module's queues.
Let's unify the handling of the frame headers by making the ocelot
driver call some helpers exported by the DSA tagger. Among other things,
this allows us to get rid of the strange cpu_to_be32 when transmitting
the Injection Frame Header on ocelot, since the packing API uses
network byte order natively (when "quirks" is 0).
The comments above ocelot_gen_ifh talk about setting pop_cnt to 3, and
the cpu extraction queue mask to something, but the code doesn't do it,
so we don't do it either.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Taggers should be written to do something valid irrespective of the
switch driver that they are attached to. This is even more true now,
because since the introduction of the .change_tag_protocol method, a
certain tagger is not necessarily strictly associated with a driver any
longer, and I would like to be able to test all taggers with dsa_loop in
the future.
In the case of ocelot, it needs to move the classified VLAN from the DSA
tag into the skb if the port is VLAN-aware. We can allow it to do that
by looking at the dp->vlan_filtering property, no need to invoke
structures which are specific to ocelot.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are multiple ways in which a PORT_BRIDGE_FLAGS attribute can be
expressed by the bridge through switchdev, and not all of them can be
emulated by DSA mid-layer API at the same time.
One possible configuration is when the bridge offloads the port flags
using a mask that has a single bit set - therefore only one feature
should change. However, DSA currently groups together unicast and
multicast flooding in the .port_egress_floods method, which limits our
options when we try to add support for turning off broadcast flooding:
do we extend .port_egress_floods with a third parameter which b53 and
mv88e6xxx will ignore? But that means that the DSA layer, which
currently implements the PRE_BRIDGE_FLAGS attribute all by itself, will
see that .port_egress_floods is implemented, and will report that all 3
types of flooding are supported - not necessarily true.
Another configuration is when the user specifies more than one flag at
the same time, in the same netlink message. If we were to create one
individual function per offloadable bridge port flag, we would limit the
expressiveness of the switch driver of refusing certain combinations of
flag values. For example, a switch may not have an explicit knob for
flooding of unknown multicast, just for flooding in general. In that
case, the only correct thing to do is to allow changes to BR_FLOOD and
BR_MCAST_FLOOD in tandem, and never allow mismatched values. But having
a separate .port_set_unicast_flood and .port_set_multicast_flood would
not allow the driver to possibly reject that.
Also, DSA doesn't consider it necessary to inform the driver that a
SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_MROUTER attribute was offloaded, because it
just calls .port_egress_floods for the CPU port. When we'll add support
for the plain SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_MROUTER, that will become a real
problem because the flood settings will need to be held statefully in
the DSA middle layer, otherwise changing the mrouter port attribute will
impact the flooding attribute. And that's _assuming_ that the underlying
hardware doesn't have anything else to do when a multicast router
attaches to a port than flood unknown traffic to it. If it does, there
will need to be a dedicated .port_set_mrouter anyway.
So we need to let the DSA drivers see the exact form that the bridge
passes this switchdev attribute in, otherwise we are standing in the
way. Therefore we also need to use this form of language when
communicating to the driver that it needs to configure its initial
(before bridge join) and final (after bridge leave) port flags.
The b53 and mv88e6xxx drivers are converted to the passthrough API and
their implementation of .port_egress_floods is split into two: a
function that configures unicast flooding and another for multicast.
The mv88e6xxx implementation is quite hairy, and it turns out that
the implementations of unknown unicast flooding are actually the same
for 6185 and for 6352:
behind the confusing names actually lie two individual bits:
NO_UNKNOWN_MC -> FLOOD_UC = 0x4 = BIT(2)
NO_UNKNOWN_UC -> FLOOD_MC = 0x8 = BIT(3)
so there was no reason to entangle them in the first place.
Whereas the 6185 writes to MV88E6185_PORT_CTL0_FORWARD_UNKNOWN of
PORT_CTL0, which has the exact same bit index. I have left the
implementations separate though, for the only reason that the names are
different enough to confuse me, since I am not able to double-check with
a user manual. The multicast flooding setting for 6185 is in a different
register than for 6352 though.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This switchdev attribute offers a counterproductive API for a driver
writer, because although br_switchdev_set_port_flag gets passed a
"flags" and a "mask", those are passed piecemeal to the driver, so while
the PRE_BRIDGE_FLAGS listener knows what changed because it has the
"mask", the BRIDGE_FLAGS listener doesn't, because it only has the final
value. But certain drivers can offload only certain combinations of
settings, like for example they cannot change unicast flooding
independently of multicast flooding - they must be both on or both off.
The way the information is passed to switchdev makes drivers not
expressive enough, and unable to reject this request ahead of time, in
the PRE_BRIDGE_FLAGS notifier, so they are forced to reject it during
the deferred BRIDGE_FLAGS attribute, where the rejection is currently
ignored.
This patch also changes drivers to make use of the "mask" field for edge
detection when possible.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For a DSA switch port operating in standalone mode, address learning
doesn't make much sense since that is a bridge function. In fact,
address learning even breaks setups such as this one:
+---------------------------------------------+
| |
| +-------------------+ |
| | br0 | send receive |
| +--------+-+--------+ +--------+ +--------+ |
| | | | | | | | | |
| | swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | |
| | | | | | | | | |
+-+--------+-+--------+-+--------+-+--------+-+
| ^ | ^
| | | |
| +-----------+ |
| |
+--------------------------------+
because if the switch has a single FDB (can offload a single bridge)
then source address learning on swp3 can "steal" the source MAC address
of swp2 from br0's FDB, because learning frames coming from swp2 will be
done twice: first on the swp1 ingress port, second on the swp3 ingress
port. So the hardware FDB will become out of sync with the software
bridge, and when swp2 tries to send one more packet towards swp1, the
ASIC will attempt to short-circuit the forwarding path and send it
directly to swp3 (since that's the last port it learned that address on),
which it obviously can't, because swp3 operates in standalone mode.
So DSA drivers operating in standalone mode should still configure a
list of bridge port flags even when they are standalone. Currently DSA
attempts to call dsa_port_bridge_flags with 0, which disables egress
flooding of unknown unicast and multicast, something which doesn't make
much sense. For the switches that implement .port_egress_floods - b53
and mv88e6xxx, it probably doesn't matter too much either, since they
can possibly inject traffic from the CPU into a standalone port,
regardless of MAC DA, even if egress flooding is turned off for that
port, but certainly not all DSA switches can do that - sja1105, for
example, can't. So it makes sense to use a better common default there,
such as "flood everything".
It should also be noted that what DSA calls "dsa_port_bridge_flags()"
is a degenerate name for just calling .port_egress_floods(), since
nothing else is implemented - not learning, in particular. But disabling
address learning, something that this driver is also coding up for, will
be supported by individual drivers once .port_egress_floods is replaced
with a more generic .port_bridge_flags.
Previous attempts to code up this logic have been in the common bridge
layer, but as pointed out by Ido Schimmel, there are corner cases that
are missed when doing that:
https://patchwork.kernel.org/project/netdevbpf/patch/20210209151936.97382-5-olteanv@gmail.com/
So, at least for now, let's leave DSA in charge of setting port flags
before and after the bridge join and leave.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a struct switchdev_attr is notified through switchdev, there is no
way to report informational messages, unlike for struct switchdev_obj.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add offloading for HSR/PRP (IEC 62439-3) tag insertion, tag removal
forwarding and duplication supported by the xrs7000 series switches.
Only HSR v1 and PRP v1 are supported by the xrs7000 series switches (HSR
v0 is not).
Signed-off-by: George McCollister <george.mccollister@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for offloading of HSR/PRP (IEC 62439-3) tag insertion
tag removal, duplicate generation and forwarding on DSA switches.
Add DSA_NOTIFIER_HSR_JOIN and DSA_NOTIFIER_HSR_LEAVE which trigger calls
to .port_hsr_join and .port_hsr_leave in the DSA driver for the switch.
The DSA switch driver should then set netdev feature flags for the
HSR/PRP operation that it offloads.
NETIF_F_HW_HSR_TAG_INS
NETIF_F_HW_HSR_TAG_RM
NETIF_F_HW_HSR_FWD
NETIF_F_HW_HSR_DUP
Signed-off-by: George McCollister <george.mccollister@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Given the following topology, and focusing only on Box A:
Box A
+----------------------------------+
| Board 1 br0 |
| +---------+ |
| / \ |
| | | |
| | bond0 |
| | +-----+ |
|192.168.1.1 | / \ |
| eno0 swp0 swp1 swp2 |
+---|--------|-------|-------|-----+
| | | |
+--------+ | |
Cable | |
Cable| |Cable
Cable | |
+--------+ | |
| | | |
+---|--------|-------|-------|-----+
| eno0 swp0 swp1 swp2 |
|192.168.1.2 | \ / |
| | +-----+ |
| | bond0 |
| | | |
| \ / |
| +---------+ |
| Board 2 br0 |
+----------------------------------+
Box B
The assisted_learning_on_cpu_port logic will see that swp0 is bridged
with a "foreign interface" (bond0) and will therefore install all
addresses learnt by the software bridge towards bond0 (including the
address of eno0 on Box B) as static addresses towards the CPU port.
But that's not what we want - bond0 is not really a "foreign interface"
but one we can offload including L2 forwarding from/towards it. So we
need to refine our logic for assisted learning such that, whenever we
see an address learnt on a non-DSA interface, we search through the tree
for any port that offloads that non-DSA interface.
Some confusion might arise as to why we search through the whole tree
instead of just the local switch returned by dsa_slave_dev_lower_find.
Or a different angle of the same confusion: why does
dsa_slave_dev_lower_find(br_dev) return a single dp that's under br_dev
instead of the whole list of bridged DSA ports?
To answer the second question, it should be enough to install the static
FDB entry on the CPU port of a single switch in the tree, because
dsa_port_fdb_add uses DSA_NOTIFIER_FDB_ADD which ensures that all other
switches in the tree get notified of that address, and add the entry
themselves using dsa_towards_port().
This should help understand the answer to the first question: the port
returned by dsa_slave_dev_lower_find may not be on the same switch as
the ports that offload the LAG. Nonetheless, if the driver implements
.crosschip_lag_join and .crosschip_bridge_join as mv88e6xxx does, there
still isn't any reason for trapping addresses learnt on the remote LAG
towards the CPU, and we should prevent that.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This is not fixing any actual bug that I know of, but having a DSA
interface that is up even when its lower (master) interface is down is
one of those things that just do not sound right.
Yes, DSA checks if the master is up before actually bringing the
user interface up, but nobody prevents bringing the master interface
down immediately afterwards... Then the user ports would attempt
dev_queue_xmit on an interface that is down, and wonder what's wrong.
This patch prevents that from happening. NETDEV_GOING_DOWN is the
notification emitted _before_ the master actually goes down, and we are
protected by the rtnl_mutex, so all is well.
For those of you reading this because you were doing switch testing
such as latency measurements for autonomously forwarded traffic, and you
needed a controlled environment with no extra packets sent by the
network stack, this patch breaks that, because now the user ports go
down too, which may shut down the PHY etc. But please don't do it like
that, just do instead:
tc qdisc add dev eno2 clsact
tc filter add dev eno2 egress flower action drop
Tested with two cascaded DSA switches:
$ ip link set eno2 down
sja1105 spi2.0 sw0p2: Link is Down
mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp0: Link is Down
fsl_enetc 0000:00:00.2 eno2: Link is Down
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
DSA wants the master interface to be open before the user port is due to
historical reasons. The promiscuity of interfaces that are down used to
have issues, as referenced Lennert Buytenhek in commit df02c6ff2e
("dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling").
The bugfix mentioned there, commit b6c40d68ff ("net: only invoke
dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), was basically a "don't do
that" approach to working around the promiscuity while down issue.
Further work done by Vlad Yasevich in commit d2615bf450 ("net: core:
Always propagate flag changes to interfaces") has resolved the
underlying issue, and it is strictly up to the DSA and 8021q drivers
now, it is no longer mandated by the networking core that the master
interface must be up when changing its promiscuity.
From DSA's point of view, deciding to error out in dsa_slave_open
because the master isn't up is
(a) a bad user experience and
(b) knocking at an open door.
Even if there still was an issue with promiscuity while down, DSA could
still just open the master and avoid it.
Doing it this way has the additional benefit that user space can now
remove DSA-specific workarounds, like systemd-networkd with BindCarrier:
https://github.com/systemd/systemd/issues/7478
And we can finally remove one of the 2 bullets in the "Common pitfalls
using DSA setups" chapter.
Tested with two cascaded DSA switches:
$ ip link set sw0p2 up
fsl_enetc 0000:00:00.2 eno2: configuring for fixed/internal link mode
fsl_enetc 0000:00:00.2 eno2: Link is Up - 1Gbps/Full - flow control rx/tx
mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp0: configuring for fixed/sgmii link mode
mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp0: Link is Up - 1Gbps/Full - flow control off
8021q: adding VLAN 0 to HW filter on device swp0
sja1105 spi2.0 sw0p2: configuring for phy/rgmii-id link mode
IPv6: ADDRCONF(NETDEV_CHANGE): eno2: link becomes ready
IPv6: ADDRCONF(NETDEV_CHANGE): swp0: link becomes ready
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Since teardown is supposed to undo the effects of the setup method, it
should be called in the error path for dsa_switch_setup, not just in
dsa_switch_teardown.
Fixes: 5e3f847a02 ("net: dsa: Add teardown callback for drivers")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210204163351.2929670-1-vladimir.oltean@nxp.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The bridge emits VLAN filtering events and quite a few others via
switchdev with orig_dev = br->dev. After the blamed commit, these events
started getting ignored.
The point of the patch was to not offload switchdev objects for ports
that didn't go through dsa_port_bridge_join, because the configuration
is unsupported:
- ports that offload a bonding/team interface go through
dsa_port_bridge_join when that bonding/team interface is later bridged
with another switch port or LAG
- ports that don't offload LAG don't get notified of the bridge that is
on top of that LAG.
Sadly, a check is missing, which is that the orig_dev is equal to the
bridge device. This check is compatible with the original intention,
because ports that don't offload bridging because they use a software
LAG don't have dp->bridge_dev set.
On a semi-related note, we should not offload switchdev objects or
populate dp->bridge_dev if the driver doesn't implement .port_bridge_join
either. However there is no regression associated with that, so it can
be done separately.
Fixes: 5696c8aedf ("net: dsa: Don't offload port attributes on standalone ports")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Tested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210202233109.1591466-1-olteanv@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
There are use cases for which the existing tagger, based on the NPI
(Node Processor Interface) functionality, is insufficient.
Namely:
- Frames injected through the NPI port bypass the frame analyzer, so no
source address learning is performed, no TSN stream classification,
etc.
- Flow control is not functional over an NPI port (PAUSE frames are
encapsulated in the same Extraction Frame Header as all other frames)
- There can be at most one NPI port configured for an Ocelot switch. But
in NXP LS1028A and T1040 there are two Ethernet CPU ports. The non-NPI
port is currently either disabled, or operated as a plain user port
(albeit an internally-facing one). Having the ability to configure the
two CPU ports symmetrically could pave the way for e.g. creating a LAG
between them, to increase bandwidth seamlessly for the system.
So there is a desire to have an alternative to the NPI mode. This change
keeps the default tagger for the Seville and Felix switches as "ocelot",
but it can be changed via the following device attribute:
echo ocelot-8021q > /sys/class/<dsa-master>/dsa/tagging
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Currently DSA exposes the following sysfs:
$ cat /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
ocelot
which is a read-only device attribute, introduced in the kernel as
commit 98cdb48071 ("net: dsa: Expose tagging protocol to user-space"),
and used by libpcap since its commit 993db3800d7d ("Add support for DSA
link-layer types").
It would be nice if we could extend this device attribute by making it
writable:
$ echo ocelot-8021q > /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
This is useful with DSA switches that can make use of more than one
tagging protocol. It may be useful in dsa_loop in the future too, to
perform offline testing of various taggers, or for changing between dsa
and edsa on Marvell switches, if that is desirable.
In terms of implementation, drivers can support this feature by
implementing .change_tag_protocol, which should always leave the switch
in a consistent state: either with the new protocol if things went well,
or with the old one if something failed. Teardown of the old protocol,
if necessary, must be handled by the driver.
Some things remain as before:
- The .get_tag_protocol is currently only called at probe time, to load
the initial tagging protocol driver. Nonetheless, new drivers should
report the tagging protocol in current use now.
- The driver should manage by itself the initial setup of tagging
protocol, no later than the .setup() method, as well as destroying
resources used by the last tagger in use, no earlier than the
.teardown() method.
For multi-switch DSA trees, error handling is a bit more complicated,
since e.g. the 5th out of 7 switches may fail to change the tag
protocol. When that happens, a revert to the original tag protocol is
attempted, but that may fail too, leaving the tree in an inconsistent
state despite each individual switch implementing .change_tag_protocol
transactionally. Since the intersection between drivers that implement
.change_tag_protocol and drivers that support D in DSA is currently the
empty set, the possibility for this error to happen is ignored for now.
Testing:
$ insmod mscc_felix.ko
[ 79.549784] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Adding to iommu group 14
[ 79.565712] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Failed to register DSA switch: -517
$ insmod tag_ocelot.ko
$ rmmod mscc_felix.ko
$ insmod mscc_felix.ko
[ 97.261724] libphy: VSC9959 internal MDIO bus: probed
[ 97.267363] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 0
[ 97.274998] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 1
[ 97.282561] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 2
[ 97.289700] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 3
[ 97.599163] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp0 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:10] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL)
[ 97.862034] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp1 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:11] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL)
[ 97.950731] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp0: configuring for inband/qsgmii link mode
[ 97.964278] 8021q: adding VLAN 0 to HW filter on device swp0
[ 98.146161] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp2 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:12] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL)
[ 98.238649] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp1: configuring for inband/qsgmii link mode
[ 98.251845] 8021q: adding VLAN 0 to HW filter on device swp1
[ 98.433916] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp3 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:13] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL)
[ 98.485542] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: configuring for fixed/internal link mode
[ 98.503584] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Link is Up - 2.5Gbps/Full - flow control rx/tx
[ 98.527948] device eno2 entered promiscuous mode
[ 98.544755] DSA: tree 0 setup
$ ping 10.0.0.1
PING 10.0.0.1 (10.0.0.1): 56 data bytes
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=0 ttl=64 time=2.337 ms
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.754 ms
^C
- 10.0.0.1 ping statistics -
2 packets transmitted, 2 packets received, 0% packet loss
round-trip min/avg/max = 0.754/1.545/2.337 ms
$ cat /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
ocelot
$ cat ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh
#!/bin/bash
ip link set swp0 down
ip link set swp1 down
ip link set swp2 down
ip link set swp3 down
ip link set swp5 down
ip link set eno2 down
echo ocelot-8021q > /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
ip link set eno2 up
ip link set swp0 up
ip link set swp1 up
ip link set swp2 up
ip link set swp3 up
ip link set swp5 up
$ ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh
./test_ocelot_8021q.sh: line 9: echo: write error: Protocol not available
$ rmmod tag_ocelot.ko
rmmod: can't unload module 'tag_ocelot': Resource temporarily unavailable
$ insmod tag_ocelot_8021q.ko
$ ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh
$ cat /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
ocelot-8021q
$ rmmod tag_ocelot.ko
$ rmmod tag_ocelot_8021q.ko
rmmod: can't unload module 'tag_ocelot_8021q': Resource temporarily unavailable
$ ping 10.0.0.1
PING 10.0.0.1 (10.0.0.1): 56 data bytes
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=0 ttl=64 time=0.953 ms
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.787 ms
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.771 ms
$ rmmod mscc_felix.ko
[ 645.544426] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Link is Down
[ 645.838608] DSA: tree 0 torn down
$ rmmod tag_ocelot_8021q.ko
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Cascading DSA switches can be done multiple ways. There is the brute
force approach / tag stacking, where one upstream switch, located
between leaf switches and the host Ethernet controller, will just
happily transport the DSA header of those leaf switches as payload.
For this kind of setups, DSA works without any special kind of treatment
compared to a single switch - they just aren't aware of each other.
Then there's the approach where the upstream switch understands the tags
it transports from its leaves below, as it doesn't push a tag of its own,
but it routes based on the source port & switch id information present
in that tag (as opposed to DMAC & VID) and it strips the tag when
egressing a front-facing port. Currently only Marvell implements the
latter, and Marvell DSA trees contain only Marvell switches.
So it is safe to say that DSA trees already have a single tag protocol
shared by all switches, and in fact this is what makes the switches able
to understand each other. This fact is also implied by the fact that
currently, the tagging protocol is reported as part of a sysfs installed
on the DSA master and not per port, so it must be the same for all the
ports connected to that DSA master regardless of the switch that they
belong to.
It's time to make this official and enforce it (yes, this also means we
won't have any "switch understands tag to some extent but is not able to
speak it" hardware oddities that we'll support in the future).
This is needed due to the imminent introduction of the dsa_switch_ops::
change_tag_protocol driver API. When that is introduced, we'll have
to notify switches of the tagging protocol that they're configured to
use. Currently the tag_ops structure pointer is held only for CPU ports.
But there are switches which don't have CPU ports and nonetheless still
need to be configured. These would be Marvell leaf switches whose
upstream port is just a DSA link. How do we inform these of their
tagging protocol setup/deletion?
One answer to the above would be: iterate through the DSA switch tree's
ports once, list the CPU ports, get their tag_ops, then iterate again
now that we have it, and notify everybody of that tag_ops. But what to
do if conflicts appear between one cpu_dp->tag_ops and another? There's
no escaping the fact that conflict resolution needs to be done, so we
can be upfront about it.
Ease our work and just keep the master copy of the tag_ops inside the
struct dsa_switch_tree. Reference counting is now moved to be per-tree
too, instead of per-CPU port.
There are many places in the data path that access master->dsa_ptr->tag_ops
and we would introduce unnecessary performance penalty going through yet
another indirection, so keep those right where they are.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The existence of dsa_broadcast has generated some confusion in the past:
https://www.mail-archive.com/netdev@vger.kernel.org/msg365042.html
So let's document the existing dsa_port_notify and dsa_broadcast
functions and explain when each of them should be used.
Also, in fact, the in-between function has always been there but was
lacking a name, and is the main reason for this patch: dsa_tree_notify.
Refactor dsa_broadcast to use it.
This patch also moves dsa_broadcast (a top-level function) to dsa2.c,
where it really belonged in the first place, but had no companion so it
stood with dsa_port_notify.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The sja1105 implementation can be blind about this, but the felix driver
doesn't do exactly what it's being told, so it needs to know whether it
is a TX or an RX VLAN, so it can install the appropriate type of TCAM
rule.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Switches that care about QoS might have hardware support for reserving
buffer pools for individual ports or traffic classes, and configuring
their sizes and thresholds. Through devlink-sb (shared buffers), this is
all configurable, as well as their occupancy being viewable.
Add the plumbing in DSA for these operations.
Individual drivers still need to call devlink_sb_register() with the
shared buffers they want to expose. A helper was not created in DSA for
this purpose (unlike, say, dsa_devlink_params_register), since in my
opinion it does not bring any benefit over plainly calling
devlink_sb_register() directly.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
As explained in commit 54a0ed0df4 ("net: dsa: provide an option for
drivers to always receive bridge VLANs"), DSA has historically been
skipping VLAN switchdev operations when the bridge wasn't in
vlan_filtering mode, but the reason why it was doing that has never been
clear. So the configure_vlan_while_not_filtering option is there merely
to preserve functionality for existing drivers. It isn't some behavior
that drivers should opt into. Ideally, when all drivers leave this flag
set, we can delete the dsa_port_skip_vlan_configuration() function.
New drivers always seem to omit setting this flag, for some reason. So
let's reverse the logic: the DSA core sets it by default to true before
the .setup() callback, and legacy drivers can turn it off. This way, new
drivers get the new behavior by default, unless they explicitly set the
flag to false, which is more obvious during review.
Remove the assignment from drivers which were setting it to true, and
add the assignment to false for the drivers that didn't previously have
it. This way, it should be easier to see how many we have left.
The following drivers: lan9303, mv88e6060 were skipped from setting this
flag to false, because they didn't have any VLAN offload ops in the
first place.
The Broadcom Starfighter 2 driver calls the common b53_switch_alloc and
therefore also inherits the configure_vlan_while_not_filtering=true
behavior.
Also, print a message through netlink extack every time a VLAN has been
skipped. This is mildly annoying on purpose, so that (a) it is at least
clear that VLANs are being skipped - the legacy behavior in itself is
confusing, and the extack should be much more difficult to miss, unlike
kernel logs - and (b) people have one more incentive to convert to the
new behavior.
No behavior change except for the added prints is intended at this time.
$ ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 0
$ ip link set sw0p2 master br0
[ 60.315148] br0: port 1(sw0p2) entered blocking state
[ 60.320350] br0: port 1(sw0p2) entered disabled state
[ 60.327839] device sw0p2 entered promiscuous mode
[ 60.334905] br0: port 1(sw0p2) entered blocking state
[ 60.340142] br0: port 1(sw0p2) entered forwarding state
Warning: dsa_core: skipping configuration of VLAN. # This was the pvid
$ bridge vlan add dev sw0p2 vid 100
Warning: dsa_core: skipping configuration of VLAN.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210115231919.43834-1-vladimir.oltean@nxp.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Add support for Arrow SpeedChips XRS700x single byte tag trailer. This
is modeled on tag_trailer.c which works in a similar way.
Signed-off-by: George McCollister <george.mccollister@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Packets ingressing on a LAG that egress on the CPU port, which are not
classified as management, will have a FORWARD tag that does not
contain the normal source device/port tuple. Instead the trunk bit
will be set, and the port field holds the LAG id.
Since the exact source port information is not available in the tag,
frames are injected directly on the LAG interface and thus do never
pass through any DSA port interface on ingress.
Management frames (TO_CPU) are not affected and will pass through the
DSA port interface as usual.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Monitor the following events and notify the driver when:
- A DSA port joins/leaves a LAG.
- A LAG, made up of DSA ports, joins/leaves a bridge.
- A DSA port in a LAG is enabled/disabled (enabled meaning
"distributing" in 802.3ad LACP terms).
When a LAG joins a bridge, the DSA subsystem will treat that as each
individual port joining the bridge. The driver may look at the port's
LAG device pointer to see if it is associated with any LAG, if that is
required. This is analogue to how switchdev events are replicated out
to all lower devices when reaching e.g. a LAG.
Drivers can optionally request that DSA maintain a linear mapping from
a LAG ID to the corresponding netdev by setting ds->num_lag_ids to the
desired size.
In the event that the hardware is not capable of offloading a
particular LAG for any reason (the typical case being use of exotic
modes like broadcast), DSA will take a hands-off approach, allowing
the LAG to be formed as a pure software construct. This is reported
back through the extended ACK, but is otherwise transparent to the
user.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
In a situation where a standalone port is indirectly attached to a
bridge (e.g. via a LAG) which is not offloaded, do not offload any
port attributes either. The port should behave as a standard NIC.
Previously, on mv88e6xxx, this meant that in the following setup:
br0
/
team0
/ \
swp0 swp1
If vlan filtering was enabled on br0, swp0's and swp1's QMode was set
to "secure". This caused all untagged packets to be dropped, as their
default VID (0) was not loaded into the VTU.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Florian reported a use-after-free bug in devlink_nl_port_fill found with
KASAN:
(devlink_nl_port_fill)
(devlink_port_notify)
(devlink_port_unregister)
(dsa_switch_teardown.part.3)
(dsa_tree_teardown_switches)
(dsa_unregister_switch)
(bcm_sf2_sw_remove)
(platform_remove)
(device_release_driver_internal)
(device_links_unbind_consumers)
(device_release_driver_internal)
(device_driver_detach)
(unbind_store)
Allocated by task 31:
alloc_netdev_mqs+0x5c/0x50c
dsa_slave_create+0x110/0x9c8
dsa_register_switch+0xdb0/0x13a4
b53_switch_register+0x47c/0x6dc
bcm_sf2_sw_probe+0xaa4/0xc98
platform_probe+0x90/0xf4
really_probe+0x184/0x728
driver_probe_device+0xa4/0x278
__device_attach_driver+0xe8/0x148
bus_for_each_drv+0x108/0x158
Freed by task 249:
free_netdev+0x170/0x194
dsa_slave_destroy+0xac/0xb0
dsa_port_teardown.part.2+0xa0/0xb4
dsa_tree_teardown_switches+0x50/0xc4
dsa_unregister_switch+0x124/0x250
bcm_sf2_sw_remove+0x98/0x13c
platform_remove+0x44/0x5c
device_release_driver_internal+0x150/0x254
device_links_unbind_consumers+0xf8/0x12c
device_release_driver_internal+0x84/0x254
device_driver_detach+0x30/0x34
unbind_store+0x90/0x134
What happens is that devlink_port_unregister emits a netlink
DEVLINK_CMD_PORT_DEL message which associates the devlink port that is
getting unregistered with the ifindex of its corresponding net_device.
Only trouble is, the net_device has already been unregistered.
It looks like we can stub out the search for a corresponding net_device
if we clear the devlink_port's type. This looks like a bit of a hack,
but also seems to be the reason why the devlink_port_type_clear function
exists in the first place.
Fixes: 3122433eb5 ("net: dsa: Register devlink ports before calling DSA driver setup()")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Florian fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210112004831.3778323-1-olteanv@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Currently the following happens when a DSA master driver unbinds while
there are DSA switches attached to it:
$ echo 0000:00:00.5 > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/mscc_felix/unbind
------------[ cut here ]------------
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 392 at net/core/dev.c:9507
Call trace:
rollback_registered_many+0x5fc/0x688
unregister_netdevice_queue+0x98/0x120
dsa_slave_destroy+0x4c/0x88
dsa_port_teardown.part.16+0x78/0xb0
dsa_tree_teardown_switches+0x58/0xc0
dsa_unregister_switch+0x104/0x1b8
felix_pci_remove+0x24/0x48
pci_device_remove+0x48/0xf0
device_release_driver_internal+0x118/0x1e8
device_driver_detach+0x28/0x38
unbind_store+0xd0/0x100
Located at the above location is this WARN_ON:
/* Notifier chain MUST detach us all upper devices. */
WARN_ON(netdev_has_any_upper_dev(dev));
Other stacked interfaces, like VLAN, do indeed listen for
NETDEV_UNREGISTER on the real_dev and also unregister themselves at that
time, which is clearly the behavior that rollback_registered_many
expects. But DSA interfaces are not VLAN. They have backing hardware
(platform devices, PCI devices, MDIO, SPI etc) which have a life cycle
of their own and we can't just trigger an unregister from the DSA
framework when we receive a netdev notifier that the master unregisters.
Luckily, there is something we can do, and that is to inform the driver
core that we have a runtime dependency to the DSA master interface's
device, and create a device link where that is the supplier and we are
the consumer. Having this device link will make the DSA switch unbind
before the DSA master unbinds, which is enough to avoid the WARN_ON from
rollback_registered_many.
Note that even before the blamed commit, DSA did nothing intelligent
when the master interface got unregistered either. See the discussion
here:
https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20200505210253.20311-1-f.fainelli@gmail.com/
But this time, at least the WARN_ON is loud enough that the
upper_dev_link commit can be blamed.
The advantage with this approach vs dev_hold(master) in the attached
link is that the latter is not meant for long term reference counting.
With dev_hold, the only thing that will happen is that when the user
attempts an unbind of the DSA master, netdev_wait_allrefs will keep
waiting and waiting, due to DSA keeping the refcount forever. DSA would
not access freed memory corresponding to the master interface, but the
unbind would still result in a freeze. Whereas with device links,
graceful teardown is ensured. It even works with cascaded DSA trees.
$ echo 0000:00:00.2 > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/fsl_enetc/unbind
[ 1818.797546] device swp0 left promiscuous mode
[ 1819.301112] sja1105 spi2.0: Link is Down
[ 1819.307981] DSA: tree 1 torn down
[ 1819.312408] device eno2 left promiscuous mode
[ 1819.656803] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Link is Down
[ 1819.667194] DSA: tree 0 torn down
[ 1819.711557] fsl_enetc 0000:00:00.2 eno2: Link is Down
This approach allows us to keep the DSA framework absolutely unchanged,
and the driver core will just know to unbind us first when the master
goes away - as opposed to the large (and probably impossible) rework
required if attempting to listen for NETDEV_UNREGISTER.
As per the documentation at Documentation/driver-api/device_link.rst,
specifying the DL_FLAG_AUTOREMOVE_CONSUMER flag causes the device link
to be automatically purged when the consumer fails to probe or later
unbinds. So we don't need to keep the consumer_link variable in struct
dsa_switch.
Fixes: 2f1e8ea726 ("net: dsa: link interfaces with the DSA master to get rid of lockdep warnings")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210111230943.3701806-1-olteanv@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Now that all port object notifiers were converted to be non-transactional,
we can remove the comments that say otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
It should be the driver's business to logically separate its VLAN
offloading into a preparation and a commit phase, and some drivers don't
need / can't do this.
So remove the transactional shim from DSA and let drivers propagate
errors directly from the .port_vlan_add callback.
It would appear that the code has worse error handling now than it had
before. DSA is the only in-kernel user of switchdev that offloads one
switchdev object to more than one port: for every VLAN object offloaded
to a user port, that VLAN is also offloaded to the CPU port. So the
"prepare for user port -> check for errors -> prepare for CPU port ->
check for errors -> commit for user port -> commit for CPU port"
sequence appears to make more sense than the one we are using now:
"offload to user port -> check for errors -> offload to CPU port ->
check for errors", but it is really a compromise. In the new way, we can
catch errors from the commit phase that we previously had to ignore.
But we have our hands tied and cannot do any rollback now: if we add a
VLAN on the CPU port and it fails, we can't do the rollback by simply
deleting it from the user port, because the switchdev API is not so nice
with us: it could have simply been there already, even with the same
flags. So we don't even attempt to rollback anything on addition error,
just leave whatever VLANs managed to get offloaded right where they are.
This should not be a problem at all in practice.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
For many drivers, the .port_mdb_prepare callback was not a good opportunity
to avoid any error condition, and they would suppress errors found during
the actual commit phase.
Where a logical separation between the prepare and the commit phase
existed, the function that used to implement the .port_mdb_prepare
callback still exists, but now it is called directly from .port_mdb_add,
which was modified to return an int code.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> # hellcreek
Reviewed-by: Linus Wallei <linus.walleij@linaro.org> # RTL8366
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Remove the shim introduced in DSA for offloading the bridge ageing time
from switchdev, by first checking whether the ageing time is within the
range limits requested by the driver.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Since the introduction of the switchdev API, port attributes were
transmitted to drivers for offloading using a two-step transactional
model, with a prepare phase that was supposed to catch all errors, and a
commit phase that was supposed to never fail.
Some classes of failures can never be avoided, like hardware access, or
memory allocation. In the latter case, merely attempting to move the
memory allocation to the preparation phase makes it impossible to avoid
memory leaks, since commit 91cf8eceff ("switchdev: Remove unused
transaction item queue") which has removed the unused mechanism of
passing on the allocated memory between one phase and another.
It is time we admit that separating the preparation from the commit
phase is something that is best left for the driver to decide, and not
something that should be baked into the API, especially since there are
no switchdev callers that depend on this.
This patch removes the struct switchdev_trans member from switchdev port
attribute notifier structures, and converts drivers to not look at this
member.
In part, this patch contains a revert of my previous commit 2e554a7a5d
("net: dsa: propagate switchdev vlan_filtering prepare phase to
drivers").
For the most part, the conversion was trivial except for:
- Rocker's world implementation based on Broadcom OF-DPA had an odd
implementation of ofdpa_port_attr_bridge_flags_set. The conversion was
done mechanically, by pasting the implementation twice, then only
keeping the code that would get executed during prepare phase on top,
then only keeping the code that gets executed during the commit phase
on bottom, then simplifying the resulting code until this was obtained.
- DSA's offloading of STP state, bridge flags, VLAN filtering and
multicast router could be converted right away. But the ageing time
could not, so a shim was introduced and this was left for a further
commit.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> # hellcreek
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> # RTL8366RB
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Since the introduction of the switchdev API, port objects were
transmitted to drivers for offloading using a two-step transactional
model, with a prepare phase that was supposed to catch all errors, and a
commit phase that was supposed to never fail.
Some classes of failures can never be avoided, like hardware access, or
memory allocation. In the latter case, merely attempting to move the
memory allocation to the preparation phase makes it impossible to avoid
memory leaks, since commit 91cf8eceff ("switchdev: Remove unused
transaction item queue") which has removed the unused mechanism of
passing on the allocated memory between one phase and another.
It is time we admit that separating the preparation from the commit
phase is something that is best left for the driver to decide, and not
something that should be baked into the API, especially since there are
no switchdev callers that depend on this.
This patch removes the struct switchdev_trans member from switchdev port
object notifier structures, and converts drivers to not look at this
member.
Where driver conversion is trivial (like in the case of the Marvell
Prestera driver, NXP DPAA2 switch, TI CPSW, and Rocker drivers), it is
done in this patch.
Where driver conversion needs more attention (DSA, Mellanox Spectrum),
the conversion is left for subsequent patches and here we only fake the
prepare/commit phases at a lower level, just not in the switchdev
notifier itself.
Where the code has a natural structure that is best left alone as a
preparation and a commit phase (as in the case of the Ocelot switch),
that structure is left in place, just made to not depend upon the
switchdev transactional model.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The call path of a switchdev VLAN addition to the bridge looks something
like this today:
nbp_vlan_init
| __br_vlan_set_default_pvid
| | |
| | br_afspec |
| | | |
| | v |
| | br_process_vlan_info |
| | | |
| | v |
| | br_vlan_info |
| | / \ /
| | / \ /
| | / \ /
| | / \ /
v v v v v
nbp_vlan_add br_vlan_add ------+
| ^ ^ | |
| / | | |
| / / / |
\ br_vlan_get_master/ / v
\ ^ / / br_vlan_add_existing
\ | / / |
\ | / / /
\ | / / /
\ | / / /
\ | / / /
v | | v /
__vlan_add /
/ | /
/ | /
v | /
__vlan_vid_add | /
\ | /
v v v
br_switchdev_port_vlan_add
The ranges UAPI was introduced to the bridge in commit bdced7ef78
("bridge: support for multiple vlans and vlan ranges in setlink and
dellink requests") (Jan 10 2015). But the VLAN ranges (parsed in br_afspec)
have always been passed one by one, through struct bridge_vlan_info
tmp_vinfo, to br_vlan_info. So the range never went too far in depth.
Then Scott Feldman introduced the switchdev_port_bridge_setlink function
in commit 47f8328bb1 ("switchdev: add new switchdev bridge setlink").
That marked the introduction of the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN, which made
full use of the range. But switchdev_port_bridge_setlink was called like
this:
br_setlink
-> br_afspec
-> switchdev_port_bridge_setlink
Basically, the switchdev and the bridge code were not tightly integrated.
Then commit 41c498b935 ("bridge: restore br_setlink back to original")
came, and switchdev drivers were required to implement
.ndo_bridge_setlink = switchdev_port_bridge_setlink for a while.
In the meantime, commits such as 0944d6b5a2 ("bridge: try switchdev op
first in __vlan_vid_add/del") finally made switchdev penetrate the
br_vlan_info() barrier and start to develop the call path we have today.
But remember, br_vlan_info() still receives VLANs one by one.
Then Arkadi Sharshevsky refactored the switchdev API in 2017 in commit
29ab586c3d ("net: switchdev: Remove bridge bypass support from
switchdev") so that drivers would not implement .ndo_bridge_setlink any
longer. The switchdev_port_bridge_setlink also got deleted.
This refactoring removed the parallel bridge_setlink implementation from
switchdev, and left the only switchdev VLAN objects to be the ones
offloaded from __vlan_vid_add (basically RX filtering) and __vlan_add
(the latter coming from commit 9c86ce2c1a ("net: bridge: Notify about
bridge VLANs")).
That is to say, today the switchdev VLAN object ranges are not used in
the kernel. Refactoring the above call path is a bit complicated, when
the bridge VLAN call path is already a bit complicated.
Let's go off and finish the job of commit 29ab586c3d by deleting the
bogus iteration through the VLAN ranges from the drivers. Some aspects
of this feature never made too much sense in the first place. For
example, what is a range of VLANs all having the BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_PVID
flag supposed to mean, when a port can obviously have a single pvid?
This particular configuration _is_ denied as of commit 6623c60dc2
("bridge: vlan: enforce no pvid flag in vlan ranges"), but from an API
perspective, the driver still has to play pretend, and only offload the
vlan->vid_end as pvid. And the addition of a switchdev VLAN object can
modify the flags of another, completely unrelated, switchdev VLAN
object! (a VLAN that is PVID will invalidate the PVID flag from whatever
other VLAN had previously been offloaded with switchdev and had that
flag. Yet switchdev never notifies about that change, drivers are
supposed to guess).
Nonetheless, having a VLAN range in the API makes error handling look
scarier than it really is - unwinding on errors and all of that.
When in reality, no one really calls this API with more than one VLAN.
It is all unnecessary complexity.
And despite appearing pretentious (two-phase transactional model and
all), the switchdev API is really sloppy because the VLAN addition and
removal operations are not paired with one another (you can add a VLAN
100 times and delete it just once). The bridge notifies through
switchdev of a VLAN addition not only when the flags of an existing VLAN
change, but also when nothing changes. There are switchdev drivers out
there who don't like adding a VLAN that has already been added, and
those checks don't really belong at driver level. But the fact that the
API contains ranges is yet another factor that prevents this from being
addressed in the future.
Of the existing switchdev pieces of hardware, it appears that only
Mellanox Spectrum supports offloading more than one VLAN at a time,
through mlxsw_sp_port_vlan_set. I have kept that code internal to the
driver, because there is some more bookkeeping that makes use of it, but
I deleted it from the switchdev API. But since the switchdev support for
ranges has already been de facto deleted by a Mellanox employee and
nobody noticed for 4 years, I'm going to assume it's not a biggie.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> # switchdev and mlxsw
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> # hellcreek
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Introduced in commit 37b8da1a3c ("net: dsa: Move FDB add/del
implementation inside DSA") in net/dsa/legacy.c, these functions were
moved again to slave.c as part of commit 2a93c1a365 ("net: dsa: Allow
compiling out legacy support"), before actually deleting net/dsa/slave.c
in 93e86b3bc8 ("net: dsa: Remove legacy probing support"). Along with
that movement there should have been a deletion of the prototypes from
dsa_priv.h, they are not useful.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210108233054.1222278-1-olteanv@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This effectively reverts commit 60724d4bae ("net: dsa: Add support for
DSA specific notifiers"). The reason is that since commit 2f1e8ea726
("net: dsa: link interfaces with the DSA master to get rid of lockdep
warnings"), it appears that there is a generic way to achieve the same
purpose. The only user thus far, the Broadcom SYSTEMPORT driver, was
converted to use the generic notifiers.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Using the NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER notifications, drivers can be aware when
they are enslaved to e.g. a bridge by calling netif_is_bridge_master().
Export this helper from DSA to get the equivalent functionality of
determining whether the upper interface of a CHANGEUPPER notifier is a
DSA switch interface or not.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
It is a bit strange to see something as specific as Broadcom SYSTEMPORT
bits in the main DSA include file. Move these away into a separate
header, and have the tagger and the SYSTEMPORT driver include them.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Some DSA switches (and not only) cannot learn source MAC addresses from
packets injected from the CPU. They only perform hardware address
learning from inbound traffic.
This can be problematic when we have a bridge spanning some DSA switch
ports and some non-DSA ports (which we'll call "foreign interfaces" from
DSA's perspective).
There are 2 classes of problems created by the lack of learning on
CPU-injected traffic:
- excessive flooding, due to the fact that DSA treats those addresses as
unknown
- the risk of stale routes, which can lead to temporary packet loss
To illustrate the second class, consider the following situation, which
is common in production equipment (wireless access points, where there
is a WLAN interface and an Ethernet switch, and these form a single
bridging domain).
AP 1:
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| br0 |
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 |
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| ^ ^
| | |
| | |
| Client A Client B
|
|
|
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 |
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| br0 |
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
AP 2
- br0 of AP 1 will know that Clients A and B are reachable via wlan0
- the hardware fdb of a DSA switch driver today is not kept in sync with
the software entries on other bridge ports, so it will not know that
clients A and B are reachable via the CPU port UNLESS the hardware
switch itself performs SA learning from traffic injected from the CPU.
Nonetheless, a substantial number of switches don't.
- the hardware fdb of the DSA switch on AP 2 may autonomously learn that
Client A and B are reachable through swp0. Therefore, the software br0
of AP 2 also may or may not learn this. In the example we're
illustrating, some Ethernet traffic has been going on, and br0 from AP
2 has indeed learnt that it can reach Client B through swp0.
One of the wireless clients, say Client B, disconnects from AP 1 and
roams to AP 2. The topology now looks like this:
AP 1:
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| br0 |
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 |
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| ^
| |
| Client A
|
|
| Client B
| |
| v
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 |
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| br0 |
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
AP 2
- br0 of AP 1 still knows that Client A is reachable via wlan0 (no change)
- br0 of AP 1 will (possibly) know that Client B has left wlan0. There
are cases where it might never find out though. Either way, DSA today
does not process that notification in any way.
- the hardware FDB of the DSA switch on AP 1 may learn autonomously that
Client B can be reached via swp0, if it receives any packet with
Client 1's source MAC address over Ethernet.
- the hardware FDB of the DSA switch on AP 2 still thinks that Client B
can be reached via swp0. It does not know that it has roamed to wlan0,
because it doesn't perform SA learning from the CPU port.
Now Client A contacts Client B.
AP 1 routes the packet fine towards swp0 and delivers it on the Ethernet
segment.
AP 2 sees a frame on swp0 and its fdb says that the destination is swp0.
Hairpinning is disabled => drop.
This problem comes from the fact that these switches have a 'blind spot'
for addresses coming from software bridging. The generic solution is not
to assume that hardware learning can be enabled somehow, but to listen
to more bridge learning events. It turns out that the bridge driver does
learn in software from all inbound frames, in __br_handle_local_finish.
A proper SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD_TO_DEVICE notification is emitted for the
addresses serviced by the bridge on 'foreign' interfaces. The software
bridge also does the right thing on migration, by notifying that the old
entry is deleted, so that does not need to be special-cased in DSA. When
it is deleted, we just need to delete our static FDB entry towards the
CPU too, and wait.
The problem is that DSA currently only cares about SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD_TO_DEVICE
events received on its own interfaces, such as static FDB entries.
Luckily we can change that, and DSA can listen to all switchdev FDB
add/del events in the system and figure out if those events were emitted
by a bridge that spans at least one of DSA's own ports. In case that is
true, DSA will also offload that address towards its own CPU port, in
the eventuality that there might be bridge clients attached to the DSA
switch who want to talk to the station connected to the foreign
interface.
In terms of implementation, we need to keep the fdb_info->added_by_user
check for the case where the switchdev event was targeted directly at a
DSA switch port. But we don't need to look at that flag for snooped
events. So the check is currently too late, we need to move it earlier.
This also simplifies the code a bit, since we avoid uselessly allocating
and freeing switchdev_work.
We could probably do some improvements in the future. For example,
multi-bridge support is rudimentary at the moment. If there are two
bridges spanning a DSA switch's ports, and both of them need to service
the same MAC address, then what will happen is that the migration of one
of those stations will trigger the deletion of the FDB entry from the
CPU port while it is still used by other bridge. That could be improved
with reference counting but is left for another time.
This behavior needs to be enabled at driver level by setting
ds->assisted_learning_on_cpu_port = true. This is because we don't want
to inflict a potential performance penalty (accesses through
MDIO/I2C/SPI are expensive) to hardware that really doesn't need it
because address learning on the CPU port works there.
Reported-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Right now, the following would happen for a switch driver that does not
implement .port_fdb_add or .port_fdb_del.
dsa_slave_switchdev_event returns NOTIFY_OK and schedules:
-> dsa_slave_switchdev_event_work
-> dsa_port_fdb_add
-> dsa_port_notify(DSA_NOTIFIER_FDB_ADD)
-> dsa_switch_fdb_add
-> if (!ds->ops->port_fdb_add) return -EOPNOTSUPP;
-> an error is printed with dev_dbg, and
dsa_fdb_offload_notify(switchdev_work) is not called.
We can avoid scheduling the worker for nothing and say NOTIFY_DONE.
Because we don't call dsa_fdb_offload_notify, the static FDB entry will
remain just in the software bridge.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
We'll need to start listening to SWITCHDEV_FDB_{ADD,DEL}_TO_DEVICE
events even for interfaces where dsa_slave_dev_check returns false, so
we need that check inside the switch-case statement for SWITCHDEV_FDB_*.
This movement also avoids a useless allocation / free of switchdev_work
on the untreated "default event" case.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Currently DSA doesn't add FDB entries on the CPU port, because it only
does so through switchdev, which is associated with a net_device, and
there are none of those for the CPU port.
But actually FDB addresses on the CPU port have some use cases of their
own, if the switchdev operations are initiated from within the DSA
layer. There is just one problem with the existing code: it passes a
structure in dsa_switchdev_event_work which was retrieved directly from
switchdev, so it contains a net_device. We need to generalize the
contents to something that covers the CPU port as well: the "ds, port"
tuple is fine for that.
Note that the new procedure for notifying the successful FDB offload is
inspired from the rocker model.
Also, nothing was being done if added_by_user was false. Let's check for
that a lot earlier, and don't actually bother to schedule the worker
for nothing.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The dev_close() call was added in commit c9eb3e0f87 ("net: dsa: Add
support for learning FDB through notification") "to indicate inconsistent
situation" when we could not delete an FDB entry from the port.
bridge fdb del d8:58:d7:00:ca:6d dev swp0 self master
It is a bit drastic and at the same time not helpful if the above fails
to only print with netdev_dbg log level, but on the other hand to bring
the interface down.
So increase the verbosity of the error message, and drop dev_close().
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Looking for an -EINVAL all over the dsa code could take hours for
inexperienced DSA users.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210106090915.21439-1-zajec5@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
These warnings become somewhat more informative when they include the
MTU value that could not be set and not just the errno.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201205133944.10182-1-rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Remove unused and add needed includes. No functional change.
Suggested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
If dsa_switch_ops::port_txtstamp() returns false, clone will be freed
immediately. Shouldn't store a pointer to freed memory.
Signed-off-by: Christian Eggers <ceggers@arri.de>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201119110906.25558-1-ceggers@arri.de
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Use a consistent style of one-line/multi-line comments throughout the
file.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Ethertype DSA encodes exactly the same information in the DSA tag as
the non-ethertype variety. So refactor out the common parts and reuse
them for both protocols.
This is ensures tag parsing and generation is always consistent across
all mv88e6xxx chips.
While we are at it, explicitly deal with all possible CPU codes on
receive, making sure to set offload_fwd_mark as appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
When receiving an IGMP/MLD frame with a TO_CPU tag, the switch has not
performed any forwarding of it. This means that we should not set the
offload_fwd_mark on the skb, in case a software bridge wants it
forwarded.
This is a port of:
1ed9ec9b08 ("dsa: Allow forwarding of redirected IGMP traffic")
Which corrected the issue for chips using EDSA tags, but not for those
using regular DSA tags.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Use netdev->tstats instead of a member of dsa_slave_priv for storing
a pointer to the per-cpu counters. This allows us to use core
functionality for statistics handling.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Some switches rely on unique pvids to ensure port separation in
standalone mode, because they don't have a port forwarding matrix
configurable in hardware. So, setups like a group of 2 uppers with the
same VLAN, swp0.100 and swp1.100, will cause traffic tagged with VLAN
100 to be autonomously forwarded between these switch ports, in spite
of there being no bridge between swp0 and swp1.
These drivers need to prevent this from happening. They need to have
VLAN filtering enabled in standalone mode (so they'll drop frames tagged
with unknown VLANs) and they can only accept an 8021q upper on a port as
long as it isn't installed on any other port too. So give them the
chance to veto bad user requests.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
[Kurt: Pass info instead of ptr]
Signed-off-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The Hirschmann Hellcreek TSN switches have a special tagging protocol for frames
exchanged between the CPU port and the master interface. The format is a one
byte trailer indicating the destination or origin port.
It's quite similar to the Micrel KSZ tagging. That's why the implementation is
based on that code.
Signed-off-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Now that we have a central TX reallocation procedure that accounts for
the tagger's needed headroom in a generic way, we can remove the
skb_cow_head call.
Cc: Per Forlin <per.forlin@axis.com>
Cc: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Now that we have a central TX reallocation procedure that accounts for
the tagger's needed headroom in a generic way, we can remove the
skb_cow_head call.
This one is interesting, the DSA tag is 8 bytes on RX and 4 bytes on TX.
Because DSA is unaware of asymmetrical tag lengths, the overhead/needed
headroom is declared as 8 bytes and therefore 4 bytes larger than it
needs to be. If this becomes a problem, and the GSWIP driver can't be
converted to a uniform header length, we might need to make DSA aware of
separate RX/TX overhead values.
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Now that we have a central TX reallocation procedure that accounts for
the tagger's needed headroom in a generic way, we can remove the
skb_cow_head call.
Similar to the EtherType DSA tagger, the old Marvell tagger can
transform an 802.1Q header if present into a DSA tag, so there is no
headroom required in that case. But we are ensuring that it exists,
regardless (practically speaking, the headroom must be 4 bytes larger
than it needs to be).
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Now that we have a central TX reallocation procedure that accounts for
the tagger's needed headroom in a generic way, we can remove the
skb_cow_head call.
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Now that we have a central TX reallocation procedure that accounts for
the tagger's needed headroom in a generic way, we can remove the
skb_cow_head call.
Note that the VLAN code path needs a smaller extra headroom than the
regular EtherType DSA path. That isn't a problem, because this tagger
declares the larger tag length (8 bytes vs 4) as the protocol overhead,
so we are covered in both cases.
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Now that we have a central TX reallocation procedure that accounts for
the tagger's needed headroom in a generic way, we can remove the
skb_cow_head call.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Now that we have a central TX reallocation procedure that accounts for
the tagger's needed headroom in a generic way, we can remove the
skb_cow_head call.
Cc: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Cc: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Now that we have a central TX reallocation procedure that accounts for
the tagger's needed headroom in a generic way, we can remove the
skb_cow_head call.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Now that we have a central TX reallocation procedure that accounts for
the tagger's needed headroom in a generic way, we can remove the
skb_cow_head call.
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Cc: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@pm.me>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The caller (dsa_slave_xmit) guarantees that the frame length is at least
ETH_ZLEN and that enough memory for tail tagging is available.
Signed-off-by: Christian Eggers <ceggers@arri.de>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The caller (dsa_slave_xmit) guarantees that the frame length is at least
ETH_ZLEN and that enough memory for tail tagging is available.
Signed-off-by: Christian Eggers <ceggers@arri.de>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
At the moment, taggers are left with the task of ensuring that the skb
headers are writable (which they aren't, if the frames were cloned for
TX timestamping, for flooding by the bridge, etc), and that there is
enough space in the skb data area for the DSA tag to be pushed.
Moreover, the life of tail taggers is even harder, because they need to
ensure that short frames have enough padding, a problem that normal
taggers don't have.
The principle of the DSA framework is that everything except for the
most intimate hardware specifics (like in this case, the actual packing
of the DSA tag bits) should be done inside the core, to avoid having
code paths that are very rarely tested.
So provide a TX reallocation procedure that should cover the known needs
of DSA today.
Note that this patch also gives the network stack a good hint about the
headroom/tailroom it's going to need. Up till now it wasn't doing that.
So the reallocation procedure should really be there only for the
exceptional cases, and for cloned packets which need to be unshared.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Christian Eggers <ceggers@arri.de> # For tail taggers only
Tested-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The Marvell 88E6060 uses tag_trailer.c and the KSZ8795, KSZ9477 and
KSZ9893 switches also use tail tags.
Fixes: 7a6ffe764b ("net: dsa: point out the tail taggers")
Signed-off-by: Christian Eggers <ceggers@arri.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201016171603.10587-1-ceggers@arri.de
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Simplify the code by using new function dev_fetch_sw_netstats().
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/b6047017-8226-6b7e-a3cd-064e69fdfa27@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
When the Extraction Frame Header contains a valid classified VLAN, use
that instead of the VLAN header present in the packet.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
A driver may refuse to enable VLAN filtering for any reason beyond what
the DSA framework cares about, such as:
- having tc-flower rules that rely on the switch being VLAN-aware
- the particular switch does not support VLAN, even if the driver does
(the DSA framework just checks for the presence of the .port_vlan_add
and .port_vlan_del pointers)
- simply not supporting this configuration to be toggled at runtime
Currently, when a driver rejects a configuration it cannot support, it
does this from the commit phase, which triggers various warnings in
switchdev.
So propagate the prepare phase to drivers, to give them the ability to
refuse invalid configurations cleanly and avoid the warnings.
Since we need to modify all function prototypes and check for the
prepare phase from within the drivers, take that opportunity and move
the existing driver restrictions within the prepare phase where that is
possible and easy.
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Cc: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Cc: Woojung Huh <woojung.huh@microchip.com>
Cc: Microchip Linux Driver Support <UNGLinuxDriver@microchip.com>
Cc: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Cc: Landen Chao <Landen.Chao@mediatek.com>
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Cc: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Cc: Jonathan McDowell <noodles@earth.li>
Cc: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Cc: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Cc: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow DSA drivers to make use of devlink port regions, via simple
wrappers.
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA drivers want to create regions on devlink ports as well as the
devlink device instance, in order to export registers and other tables
per port. To keep all this code together in the drivers, have the
devlink ports registered early, so the setup() method can setup both
device and port devlink regions.
v3:
Remove dp->setup
Move common code out of switch statement.
Fix wrong goto
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a port is unused, still create a devlink port for it, but set the
flavour to unused. This allows us to attach devlink regions to the
port, etc.
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we are guaranteed that dsa_untag_bridge_pvid() is called after
eth_type_trans() we can utilize __vlan_find_dev_deep_rcu() which will
take care of finding an 802.1Q upper on top of a bridge master.
A common use case, prior to 12a1526d067 ("net: dsa: untag the bridge
pvid from rx skbs") was to configure a bridge 802.1Q upper like this:
ip link add name br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 0
ip link add link br0 name br0.1 type vlan id 1
in order to pop the default_pvid VLAN tag.
With this change we restore that behavior while still allowing the DSA
receive path to automatically pop the VLAN tag.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that dsa_untag_bridge_pvid() is called after eth_type_trans() we are
guaranteed that skb->protocol will be set to a correct value, thus
allowing us to avoid calling vlan_eth_hdr().
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Indicate to the DSA receive path that we need to untage the bridge PVID,
this allows us to remove the dsa_untag_bridge_pvid() calls from
net/dsa/tag_brcm.c.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a DSA switch driver needs to call dsa_untag_bridge_pvid(), it can
set dsa_switch::untag_brige_pvid to indicate this is necessary.
This is a pre-requisite to making sure that we are always calling
dsa_untag_bridge_pvid() after eth_type_trans() has been called.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the .flow_dissect procedure, so the flow dissector will call the
generic variant which works for this tagging protocol.
Cc: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Cc: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Cc: Mauri Sandberg <sandberg@mailfence.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sja1105 is a bit of a special snowflake, in that not all frames are
transmitted/received in the same way. L2 link-local frames are received
with the source port/switch ID information put in the destination MAC
address. For the rest, a tag_8021q header is used. So only the latter
frames displace the rest of the headers and need to use the generic flow
dissector procedure.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the .flow_dissect procedure, so the flow dissector will call the
generic variant which works for this tagging protocol.
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Cc: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@pm.me>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the .flow_dissect procedure, so the flow dissector will call the
generic variant which works for this tagging protocol.
Cc: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Cc: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the .flow_dissect procedure, so the flow dissector will call the
generic variant which works for this tagging protocol.
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the .flow_dissect procedure, so the flow dissector will call the
generic variant which works for this tagging protocol.
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are 2 Broadcom tags in use, one places the DSA tag before the
Ethernet destination MAC address, and the other before the EtherType.
Nonetheless, both displace the rest of the headers, so this tagger can
use the generic flow dissector procedure which accounts for that.
The ASCII art drawing is a good reference though, so keep it but move it
somewhere else.
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Marvell 88E6060 uses tag_trailer.c and the KSZ8795, KSZ9477 and
KSZ9893 switches also use tail tags.
Tell that to the DSA core, since this makes a difference for the flow
dissector. Most switches break the parsing of frame headers, but these
ones don't, so no flow dissector adjustment needs to be done for them.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no tagger that returns anything other than zero, so just change
the return type appropriately.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are 2 goals that we follow:
- Reduce the header size
- Make the header size equal between RX and TX
The issue that required long prefix on RX was the fact that the ocelot
DSA tag, being put before Ethernet as it is, would overlap with the area
that a DSA master uses for RX filtering (destination MAC address
mainly).
Now that we can ask DSA to put the master in promiscuous mode, in theory
we could remove the prefix altogether and call it a day, but it looks
like we can't. Using no prefix on ingress, some packets (such as ICMP)
would be received, while others (such as PTP) would not be received.
This is because the DSA master we use (enetc) triggers parse errors
("MAC rx frame errors") presumably because it sees Ethernet frames with
a bad length. And indeed, when using no prefix, the EtherType (bytes
12-13 of the frame, bits 96-111) falls over the REW_VAL field from the
extraction header, aka the PTP timestamp.
When turning the short (32-bit) prefix on, the EtherType overlaps with
bits 64-79 of the extraction header, which are a reserved area
transmitted as zero by the switch. The packets are not dropped by the
DSA master with a short prefix. Actually, the frames look like this in
tcpdump (below is a PTP frame, with an extra dsa_8021q tag - dadb 0482 -
added by a downstream sja1105).
89:0c:a9:f2:01:00 > 88:80:00:0a:00:1d, 802.3, length 0: LLC, \
dsap Unknown (0x10) Individual, ssap ProWay NM (0x0e) Response, \
ctrl 0x0004: Information, send seq 2, rcv seq 0, \
Flags [Response], length 78
0x0000: 8880 000a 001d 890c a9f2 0100 0000 100f ................
0x0010: 0400 0000 0180 c200 000e 001f 7b63 0248 ............{c.H
0x0020: dadb 0482 88f7 1202 0036 0000 0000 0000 .........6......
0x0030: 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 001f 7bff fe63 ............{..c
0x0040: 0248 0001 1f81 0500 0000 0000 0000 0000 .H..............
0x0050: 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 ............
So the short prefix is our new default: we've shortened our RX frames by
12 octets, increased TX by 4, and headers are now equal between RX and
TX. Note that we still need promiscuous mode for the DSA master to not
drop it.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently PTP is broken when ports are in standalone mode (the tagger
keeps printing this message):
sja1105 spi0.1: Expected meta frame, is 01-80-c2-00-00-0e in the DSA master multicast filter?
Sure, one might say "simply add 01-80-c2-00-00-0e to the master's RX
filter" but things become more complicated because:
- Actually all frames in the 01-80-c2-xx-xx-xx and 01-1b-19-xx-xx-xx
range are trapped to the CPU automatically
- The switch mangles bytes 3 and 4 of the MAC address via the incl_srcpt
("include source port [in the DMAC]") option, which is how source port
and switch id identification is done for link-local traffic on RX. But
this means that an address installed to the RX filter would, at the
end of the day, not correspond to the final address seen by the DSA
master.
Assume RX filtering lists on DSA masters are typically too small to
include all necessary addresses for PTP to work properly on sja1105, and
just request promiscuous mode unconditionally.
Just an example:
Assuming the following addresses are trapped to the CPU:
01-80-c2-00-00-00 to 01-80-c2-00-00-ff
01-1b-19-00-00-00 to 01-1b-19-00-00-ff
These are 512 addresses.
Now let's say this is a board with 3 switches, and 4 ports per switch.
The 512 addresses become 6144 addresses that must be managed by the DSA
master's RX filtering lists.
This may be refined in the future, but for now, it is simply not worth
it to add the additional addresses to the master's RX filter, so simply
request it to become promiscuous as soon as the driver probes.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently DSA assumes that taggers don't mess with the destination MAC
address of the frames on RX. That is not always the case. Some DSA
headers are placed before the Ethernet header (ocelot), and others
simply mangle random bytes from the destination MAC address (sja1105
with its incl_srcpt option).
Currently the DSA master goes to promiscuous mode automatically when the
slave devices go too (such as when enslaved to a bridge), but in
standalone mode this is a problem that needs to be dealt with.
So give drivers the possibility to signal that their tagging protocol
will get randomly dropped otherwise, and let DSA deal with fixing that.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, ocelot switchdev passes the skb directly to the function that
enqueues it to the list of skb's awaiting a TX timestamp. Whereas the
felix DSA driver first clones the skb, then passes the clone to this
queue.
This matters because in the case of felix, the common IRQ handler, which
is ocelot_get_txtstamp(), currently clones the clone, and frees the
original clone. This is useless and can be simplified by using
skb_complete_tx_timestamp() instead of skb_tstamp_tx().
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update the B53 driver to support VLANs while not filtering. This
requires us to enable VLAN globally within the switch upon driver
initial configuration (dev->vlan_enabled).
We also need to remove the code that dealt with PVID re-configuration in
b53_vlan_filtering() since that function worked under the assumption
that it would only be called to make a bridge VLAN filtering, or not
filtering, and we would attempt to move the port's PVID accordingly.
Now that VLANs are programmed all the time, even in the case of a
non-VLAN filtering bridge, we would be programming a default_pvid for
the bridged switch ports.
We need the DSA receive path to pop the VLAN tag if it is the bridge's
default_pvid because the CPU port is always programmed tagged in the
programmed VLANs. In order to do so we utilize the
dsa_untag_bridge_pvid() helper introduced in the commit before within
net/dsa/tag_brcm.c.
Acked-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the bridge untags VLANs present in its VLAN groups in
__allowed_ingress() only when VLAN filtering is enabled.
But when a skb is seen on the RX path as tagged with the bridge's pvid,
and that bridge has vlan_filtering=0, and there isn't any 8021q upper
with that VLAN either, then we have a problem. The bridge will not untag
it (since it is supposed to remain VLAN-unaware), and pvid-tagged
communication will be broken.
There are 2 situations where we can end up like that:
1. When installing a pvid in egress-tagged mode, like this:
ip link add dev br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 0
ip link set swp0 master br0
bridge vlan del dev swp0 vid 1
bridge vlan add dev swp0 vid 1 pvid
This happens because DSA configures the VLAN membership of the CPU port
using the same flags as swp0 (in this case "pvid and not untagged"), in
an attempt to copy the frame as-is from ingress to the CPU.
However, in this case, the packet may arrive untagged on ingress, it
will be pvid-tagged by the ingress port, and will be sent as
egress-tagged towards the CPU. Otherwise stated, the CPU will see a VLAN
tag where there was none to speak of on ingress.
When vlan_filtering is 1, this is not a problem, as stated in the first
paragraph, because __allowed_ingress() will pop it. But currently, when
vlan_filtering is 0 and we have such a VLAN configuration, we need an
8021q upper (br0.1) to be able to ping over that VLAN, which is not
symmetrical with the vlan_filtering=1 case, and therefore, confusing for
users.
Basically what DSA attempts to do is simply an approximation: try to
copy the skb with (or without) the same VLAN all the way up to the CPU.
But DSA drivers treat CPU port VLAN membership in various ways (which is
a good segue into situation 2). And some of those drivers simply tell
the CPU port to copy the frame unmodified, which is the golden standard
when it comes to VLAN processing (therefore, any driver which can
configure the hardware to do that, should do that, and discard the VLAN
flags requested by DSA on the CPU port).
2. Some DSA drivers always configure the CPU port as egress-tagged, in
an attempt to recover the classified VLAN from the skb. These drivers
cannot work at all with untagged traffic when bridged in
vlan_filtering=0 mode. And they can't go for the easy "just keep the
pvid as egress-untagged towards the CPU" route, because each front port
can have its own pvid, and that might require conflicting VLAN
membership settings on the CPU port (swp1 is pvid for VID 1 and
egress-tagged for VID 2; swp2 is egress-taggeed for VID 1 and pvid for
VID 2; with this simplistic approach, the CPU port, which is really a
separate hardware entity and has its own VLAN membership settings, would
end up being egress-untagged in both VID 1 and VID 2, therefore losing
the VLAN tags of ingress traffic).
So the only thing we can do is to create a helper function for resolving
the problematic case (that is, a function which untags the bridge pvid
when that is in vlan_filtering=0 mode), which taggers in need should
call. It isn't called from the generic DSA receive path because there
are drivers that fall neither in the first nor second category.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two minor conflicts:
1) net/ipv4/route.c, adding a new local variable while
moving another local variable and removing it's
initial assignment.
2) drivers/net/dsa/microchip/ksz9477.c, overlapping changes.
One pretty prints the port mode differently, whilst another
changes the driver to try and obtain the port mode from
the port node rather than the switch node.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check whether there is any hwaccel VLAN tag on RX, and if there is,
treat it as the tag_8021q header.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The whole purpose of tag_8021q is to send VLAN-tagged traffic to the
CPU, from which the driver can decode the source port and switch id.
Currently this only works if the VLAN filtering on the master is
disabled. Change that by explicitly adding code to tag_8021q.c to add
the VLANs corresponding to the tags to the filter of the master
interface.
Because we now need to call vlan_vid_add, then we also need to hold the
RTNL mutex. Propagate that requirement to the callers of dsa_8021q_setup
and modify the existing call sites as appropriate. Note that one call
path, sja1105_best_effort_vlan_filtering_set -> sja1105_vlan_filtering
-> sja1105_setup_8021q_tagging, was already holding this lock.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most DSA switch tags shift the EtherType to the right, causing the
master to not parse the VLAN as VLAN.
However, not all switches do that (example: tail tags, tag_8021q etc),
and if the DSA master has "rx-vlan-filter: on" in ethtool -k, then we
have a problem.
Therefore, we could populate the VLAN table of the master, just in case
(for some switches it will not make a difference), so that network I/O
can work even with a VLAN filtering master.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the bridge has VLAN awareness disabled there isn't any duplication
of functionality, since the bridge does not process VLAN. Don't deny
adding 8021q uppers to DSA switch ports in that case. The switch is
supposed to simply pass traffic leaving the VLAN tag as-is, and the
stack will happily strip the VLAN tag for all 8021q uppers that exist.
We need to ensure that there are no 8021q uppers when the user attempts
to enable bridge vlan_filtering.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current logic beats me a little bit. The comment that "bridge skips
-EOPNOTSUPP, so skip the prepare phase" was introduced in commit
fb2dabad69 ("net: dsa: support VLAN filtering switchdev attr").
I'm not sure:
(a) ok, the bridge skips -EOPNOTSUPP, but, so what, where are we
returning -EOPNOTSUPP?
(b) even if we are, and I'm just not seeing it, what is the causality
relationship between the bridge skipping -EOPNOTSUPP and DSA
skipping the prepare phase, and just returning zero?
One thing is certain beyond doubt though, and that is that DSA currently
refuses VLAN filtering from the "commit" phase instead of "prepare", and
that this is not a good thing:
ip link add br0 type bridge
ip link add br1 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ip link set swp2 master br0
ip link set swp3 master br1
[ 3790.379389] 001: sja1105 spi0.1: VLAN filtering is a global setting
[ 3790.379399] 001: ------------[ cut here ]------------
[ 3790.379403] 001: WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 515 at net/switchdev/switchdev.c:157 switchdev_port_attr_set_now+0x9c/0xa4
[ 3790.379420] 001: swp3: Commit of attribute (id=6) failed.
[ 3790.379533] 001: [<c11ff588>] (switchdev_port_attr_set_now) from [<c11b62e4>] (nbp_vlan_init+0x84/0x148)
[ 3790.379544] 001: [<c11b62e4>] (nbp_vlan_init) from [<c11a2ff0>] (br_add_if+0x514/0x670)
[ 3790.379554] 001: [<c11a2ff0>] (br_add_if) from [<c1031b5c>] (do_setlink+0x38c/0xab0)
[ 3790.379565] 001: [<c1031b5c>] (do_setlink) from [<c1036fe8>] (__rtnl_newlink+0x44c/0x748)
[ 3790.379573] 001: [<c1036fe8>] (__rtnl_newlink) from [<c1037328>] (rtnl_newlink+0x44/0x60)
[ 3790.379580] 001: [<c1037328>] (rtnl_newlink) from [<c10315fc>] (rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x124/0x2f8)
[ 3790.379590] 001: [<c10315fc>] (rtnetlink_rcv_msg) from [<c10926b8>] (netlink_rcv_skb+0xb8/0x110)
[ 3790.379806] 001: ---[ end trace 0000000000000002 ]---
[ 3790.379819] 001: sja1105 spi0.1 swp3: failed to initialize vlan filtering on this port
So move the current logic that may fail (except ds->ops->port_vlan_filtering,
that is way harder) into the prepare stage of the switchdev transaction.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is checking for the following order of operations, and makes sure
to deny that configuration:
ip link add link swp2 name swp2.100 type vlan id 100
ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ip link set swp2 master br0
bridge vlan add dev swp2 vid 100
Instead of using vlan_for_each(), which looks at the VLAN filters
installed with vlan_vid_add(), just track the 8021q uppers. This has the
advantage of freeing up the vlan_vid_add() call for actual VLAN
filtering.
There is another change in this patch. The check is moved in slave.c,
from switch.c. I don't think it makes sense to have this 8021q upper
check for each switch port that gets notified of that VLAN addition
(these include DSA links and CPU ports, we know those can't have 8021q
uppers because they don't have a net_device registered for them), so
just do it in slave.c, for that one slave interface.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA tries to prevent having a VLAN added by a bridge and by an 802.1Q
upper at the same time. It does that by checking the VID in
.ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid(), since that's something that the 8021q module
calls, via vlan_vid_add(). When a VLAN matches in both subsystems, this
check returns -EBUSY.
However the vlan_vid_add() function isn't specific to the 8021q module
in any way at all. It is simply the kernel's way to tell an interface to
add a VLAN to its RX filter and not drop that VLAN. So there's no reason
to return -EBUSY when somebody tries to call vlan_vid_add() for a VLAN
that was installed by the bridge. The proper behavior is to accept that
configuration.
So what's wrong is how DSA checks that it has an 8021q upper. It should
look at the actual uppers for that, not just assume that the 8021q
module was somewhere in the call stack of .ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid().
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We'll be adding a new check in the PRECHANGEUPPER notifier, where we'll
need to check some VLAN uppers. It is hard to do that when there is
already a function named dsa_slave_upper_vlan_check. So rename this one.
Not to mention that this function probably shouldn't have started with
"dsa_slave_" in the first place, since the struct net_device argument
isn't a DSA slave, but an 8021q upper of one.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There doesn't seem to be any strong technical reason for doing it this
way, but we'll be adding more checks for invalid upper device
configurations, and it will be easier to have them all grouped under
PRECHANGEUPPER.
Tested that it still works:
ip link set br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ip link add link swp2 name swp2.100 type vlan id 100
ip link set swp2.100 master br0
[ 20.321312] br0: port 5(swp2.100) entered blocking state
[ 20.326711] br0: port 5(swp2.100) entered disabled state
Error: dsa_core: Cannot enslave VLAN device into VLAN aware bridge.
[ 20.346549] br0: port 5(swp2.100) entered blocking state
[ 20.351957] br0: port 5(swp2.100) entered disabled state
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow the DSA drivers to implement the devlink call to get info info,
e.g. driver name, firmware version, ASIC ID, etc.
v2:
Combine declaration and the assignment on a single line.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow DSA drivers to make use of devlink regions, via simple wrappers.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Given a devlink instance, return the dsa switch it is associated to.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ocelot_port->ts_id is used to:
(a) populate skb->cb[0] for matching the TX timestamp in the PTP IRQ
with an skb.
(b) populate the REW_OP from the injection header of the ongoing skb.
Only then is ocelot_port->ts_id incremented.
This is a problem because, at least theoretically, another timestampable
skb might use the same ocelot_port->ts_id before that is incremented.
Normally all transmit calls are serialized by the netdev transmit
spinlock, but in this case, ocelot_port_add_txtstamp_skb() is also
called by DSA, which has started declaring the NETIF_F_LLTX feature
since commit 2b86cb8299 ("net: dsa: declare lockless TX feature for
slave ports"). So the logic of using and incrementing the timestamp id
should be atomic per port.
The solution is to use the global ocelot_port->ts_id only while
protected by the associated ocelot_port->ts_id_lock. That's where we
populate skb->cb[0]. Note that for ocelot, ocelot_port_add_txtstamp_skb
is called for the actual skb, but for felix, it is called for the skb's
clone. That is something which will also be changed in the future.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 314f76d7a6.
Citing that commit message, the call graph was:
dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid dsa_port_setup_8021q_tagging
| |
| |
| +-------------+
| |
v v
dsa_port_vid_add dsa_slave_port_obj_add
| |
+-------+ +-------+
| |
v v
dsa_port_vlan_add
Now that tag_8021q has its own ops structure, it no longer relies on
dsa_port_vid_add, and therefore on the dsa_switch_ops to install its
VLANs.
So dsa_port_vid_add now only has one single caller. So we can simplify
the call graph to what it was before, aka:
dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid dsa_slave_port_obj_add
| |
+-------+ +-------+
| |
v v
dsa_port_vlan_add
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While working on another tag_8021q driver implementation, some things
became apparent:
- It is not mandatory for a DSA driver to offload the tag_8021q VLANs by
using the VLAN table per se. For example, it can add custom TCAM rules
that simply encapsulate RX traffic, and redirect & decapsulate rules
for TX traffic. For such a driver, it makes no sense to receive the
tag_8021q configuration through the same callback as it receives the
VLAN configuration from the bridge and the 8021q modules.
- Currently, sja1105 (the only tag_8021q user) sets a
priv->expect_dsa_8021q variable to distinguish between the bridge
calling, and tag_8021q calling. That can be improved, to say the
least.
- The crosschip bridging operations are, in fact, stateful already. The
list of crosschip_links must be kept by the caller and passed to the
relevant tag_8021q functions.
So it would be nice if the tag_8021q configuration was more
self-contained. This patch attempts to do that.
Create a struct dsa_8021q_context which encapsulates a struct
dsa_switch, and has 2 function pointers for adding and deleting a VLAN.
These will replace the previous channel to the driver, which was through
the .port_vlan_add and .port_vlan_del callbacks of dsa_switch_ops.
Also put the list of crosschip_links into this dsa_8021q_context.
Drivers that don't support cross-chip bridging can simply omit to
initialize this list, as long as they dont call any cross-chip function.
The sja1105_vlan_add and sja1105_vlan_del functions are refactored into
a smaller sja1105_vlan_add_one, which now has 2 entry points:
- sja1105_vlan_add, from struct dsa_switch_ops
- sja1105_dsa_8021q_vlan_add, from the tag_8021q ops
But even this change is fairly trivial. It just reflects the fact that
for sja1105, the VLANs from these 2 channels end up in the same hardware
table. However that is not necessarily true in the general sense (and
that's the reason for making this change).
The rest of the patch is mostly plain refactoring of "ds" -> "ctx". The
dsa_8021q_context structure needs to be propagated because adding a VLAN
is now done through the ops function pointers inside of it.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no point in calling dsa_port_setup_8021q_tagging for each
individual port. Additionally, it will become more difficult to do that
when we'll have a context structure to tag_8021q (next patch). So
refactor this now.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 845e0ebb44 ("net: change addr_list_lock back to static
key"), cascaded DSA setups (DSA switch port as DSA master for another
DSA switch port) are emitting this lockdep warning:
============================================
WARNING: possible recursive locking detected
5.8.0-rc1-00133-g923e4b5032dd-dirty #208 Not tainted
--------------------------------------------
dhcpcd/323 is trying to acquire lock:
ffff000066dd4268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90
but task is already holding lock:
ffff00006608c268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90
other info that might help us debug this:
Possible unsafe locking scenario:
CPU0
----
lock(&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1);
lock(&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1);
*** DEADLOCK ***
May be due to missing lock nesting notation
3 locks held by dhcpcd/323:
#0: ffffdbd1381dda18 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.}-{3:3}, at: rtnl_lock+0x24/0x30
#1: ffff00006614b268 (_xmit_ETHER){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_set_rx_mode+0x28/0x48
#2: ffff00006608c268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90
stack backtrace:
Call trace:
dump_backtrace+0x0/0x1e0
show_stack+0x20/0x30
dump_stack+0xec/0x158
__lock_acquire+0xca0/0x2398
lock_acquire+0xe8/0x440
_raw_spin_lock_nested+0x64/0x90
dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90
dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x34/0x50
__dev_set_rx_mode+0x60/0xa0
dev_mc_sync+0x84/0x90
dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x34/0x50
__dev_set_rx_mode+0x60/0xa0
dev_set_rx_mode+0x30/0x48
__dev_open+0x10c/0x180
__dev_change_flags+0x170/0x1c8
dev_change_flags+0x2c/0x70
devinet_ioctl+0x774/0x878
inet_ioctl+0x348/0x3b0
sock_do_ioctl+0x50/0x310
sock_ioctl+0x1f8/0x580
ksys_ioctl+0xb0/0xf0
__arm64_sys_ioctl+0x28/0x38
el0_svc_common.constprop.0+0x7c/0x180
do_el0_svc+0x2c/0x98
el0_sync_handler+0x9c/0x1b8
el0_sync+0x158/0x180
Since DSA never made use of the netdev API for describing links between
upper devices and lower devices, the dev->lower_level value of a DSA
switch interface would be 1, which would warn when it is a DSA master.
We can use netdev_upper_dev_link() to describe the relationship between
a DSA slave and a DSA master. To be precise, a DSA "slave" (switch port)
is an "upper" to a DSA "master" (host port). The relationship is "many
uppers to one lower", like in the case of VLAN. So, for that reason, we
use the same function as VLAN uses.
There might be a chance that somebody will try to take hold of this
interface and use it immediately after register_netdev() and before
netdev_upper_dev_link(). To avoid that, we do the registration and
linkage while holding the RTNL, and we use the RTNL-locked cousin of
register_netdev(), which is register_netdevice().
Since this warning was not there when lockdep was using dynamic keys for
addr_list_lock, we are blaming the lockdep patch itself. The network
stack _has_ been using static lockdep keys before, and it _is_ likely
that stacked DSA setups have been triggering these lockdep warnings
since forever, however I can't test very old kernels on this particular
stacked DSA setup, to ensure I'm not in fact introducing regressions.
Fixes: 845e0ebb44 ("net: change addr_list_lock back to static key")
Suggested-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 72579e14a1 ("net: dsa: don't fail to probe if we couldn't set
the MTU") changed, for some reason, the "err && err != -EOPNOTSUPP"
check into a simple "err". This causes the MTU warning to be printed
even for drivers that don't have the MTU operations implemented.
Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
slave_dev->name is only populated at this stage if it was specified
through a label in the device tree. However that is not mandatory.
When it isn't, the error message looks like this:
[ 5.037057] fsl_enetc 0000:00:00.2 eth2: error -19 setting up slave PHY for eth%d
[ 5.044672] fsl_enetc 0000:00:00.2 eth2: error -19 setting up slave PHY for eth%d
[ 5.052275] fsl_enetc 0000:00:00.2 eth2: error -19 setting up slave PHY for eth%d
[ 5.059877] fsl_enetc 0000:00:00.2 eth2: error -19 setting up slave PHY for eth%d
which is especially confusing since the error gets printed on behalf of
the DSA master (fsl_enetc in this case).
Printing an error message that contains a valid reference to the DSA
port's name is difficult at this point in the initialization stage, so
at least we should print some info that is more reliable, even if less
user-friendly. That may be the driver name and the hardware port index.
After this change, the error is printed as:
[ 6.051587] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: error -19 setting up PHY for tree 0, switch 0, port 0
[ 6.061192] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: error -19 setting up PHY for tree 0, switch 0, port 1
[ 6.070765] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: error -19 setting up PHY for tree 0, switch 0, port 2
[ 6.080324] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: error -19 setting up PHY for tree 0, switch 0, port 3
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The purpose of this override is to give the user an indication of what
the number of the CPU port is (in DSA, the CPU port is a hardware
implementation detail and not a network interface capable of traffic).
However, it has always failed (by design) at providing this information
to the user in a reliable fashion.
Prior to commit 3369afba1e ("net: Call into DSA netdevice_ops
wrappers"), the behavior was to only override this callback if it was
not provided by the DSA master.
That was its first failure: if the DSA master itself was a DSA port or a
switchdev, then the user would not see the number of the CPU port in
/sys/class/net/eth0/phys_port_name, but the number of the DSA master
port within its respective physical switch.
But that was actually ok in a way. The commit mentioned above changed
that behavior, and now overrides the master's ndo_get_phys_port_name
unconditionally. That comes with problems of its own, which are worse in
a way.
The idea is that it's typical for switchdev users to have udev rules for
consistent interface naming. These are based, among other things, on
the phys_port_name attribute. If we let the DSA switch at the bottom
to start randomly overriding ndo_get_phys_port_name with its own CPU
port, we basically lose any predictability in interface naming, or even
uniqueness, for that matter.
So, there are reasons to let DSA override the master's callback (to
provide a consistent interface, a number which has a clear meaning and
must not be interpreted according to context), and there are reasons to
not let DSA override it (it breaks udev matching for the DSA master).
But, there is an alternative method for users to retrieve the number of
the CPU port of each DSA switch in the system:
$ devlink port
pci/0000:00:00.5/0: type eth netdev swp0 flavour physical port 0
pci/0000:00:00.5/2: type eth netdev swp2 flavour physical port 2
pci/0000:00:00.5/4: type notset flavour cpu port 4
spi/spi2.0/0: type eth netdev sw0p0 flavour physical port 0
spi/spi2.0/1: type eth netdev sw0p1 flavour physical port 1
spi/spi2.0/2: type eth netdev sw0p2 flavour physical port 2
spi/spi2.0/4: type notset flavour cpu port 4
spi/spi2.1/0: type eth netdev sw1p0 flavour physical port 0
spi/spi2.1/1: type eth netdev sw1p1 flavour physical port 1
spi/spi2.1/2: type eth netdev sw1p2 flavour physical port 2
spi/spi2.1/3: type eth netdev sw1p3 flavour physical port 3
spi/spi2.1/4: type notset flavour cpu port 4
So remove this duplicated, unreliable and troublesome method. From this
patch on, the phys_port_name attribute of the DSA master will only
contain information about itself (if at all). If the users need reliable
information about the CPU port they're probably using devlink anyway.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Acked-by: florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to unified Ethernet Switch Device Tree Bindings allow for ethernet-ports as
encapsulating node as well.
Signed-off-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that DSA supports MTU configuration, undo the effects of commit
8b1efc0f83 ("net: remove MTU limits on a few ether_setup callers") and
let DSA interfaces use the default min_mtu and max_mtu specified by
ether_setup(). This is more important for min_mtu: since DSA is
Ethernet, the minimum MTU is the same as of any other Ethernet
interface, and definitely not zero. For the max_mtu, we have a callback
through which drivers can override that, if they want to.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have all the infrastructure in place for calling into the
dsa_ptr->netdev_ops function pointers, install them when we configure
the DSA CPU/management interface and tear them down. The flow is
unchanged from before, but now we preserve equality of tests when
network device drivers do tests like dev->netdev_ops == &foo_ops which
was not the case before since we were allocating an entirely new
structure.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With this patch we try to kill 2 birds with 1 stone.
First of all, some switches that use tag_ocelot.c don't have the exact
same bitfield layout for the DSA tags. The destination ports field is
different for Seville VSC9953 for example. So the choices are to either
duplicate tag_ocelot.c into a new tag_seville.c (sub-optimal) or somehow
take into account a supposed ocelot->dest_ports_offset when packing this
field into the DSA injection header (again not ideal).
Secondly, tag_ocelot.c already needs to memset a 128-bit area to zero
and call some packing() functions of dubious performance in the
fastpath. And most of the values it needs to pack are pretty much
constant (BYPASS=1, SRC_PORT=CPU, DEST=port index). So it would be good
if we could improve that.
The proposed solution is to allocate a memory area per port at probe
time, initialize that with the statically defined bits as per chip
hardware revision, and just perform a simpler memcpy in the fastpath.
Other alternatives have been analyzed, such as:
- Create a separate tag_seville.c: too much code duplication for just 1
bit field difference.
- Create a separate DSA_TAG_PROTO_SEVILLE under tag_ocelot.c, just like
tag_brcm.c, which would have a separate .xmit function. Again, too
much code duplication for just 1 bit field difference.
- Allocate the template from the init function of the tag_ocelot.c
module, instead of from the driver: couldn't figure out a method of
accessing the correct port template corresponding to the correct
tagger in the .xmit function.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, devlink_port_attrs_set accepts a long list of parameters,
that most of them are devlink port's attributes.
Use the devlink_port_attrs struct to replace the relevant parameters.
Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This implements the known parts of the Realtek 4 byte
tag protocol version 0xA, as found in the RTL8366RB
DSA switch.
It is designated as protocol version 0xA as a
different Realtek 4 byte tag format with protocol
version 0x9 is known to exist in the Realtek RTL8306
chips.
The tag and switch chip lacks public documentation, so
the tag format has been reverse-engineered from
packet dumps. As only ingress traffic has been available
for analysis an egress tag has not been possible to
develop (even using educated guesses about bit fields)
so this is as far as it gets. It is not known if the
switch even supports egress tagging.
Excessive attempts to figure out the egress tag format
was made. When nothing else worked, I just tried all bit
combinations with 0xannp where a is protocol and p is
port. I looped through all values several times trying
to get a response from ping, without any positive
result.
Using just these ingress tags however, the switch
functionality is vastly improved and the packets find
their way into the destination port without any
tricky VLAN configuration. On the D-Link DIR-685 the
LAN ports now come up and respond to ping without
any command line configuration so this is a real
improvement for users.
Egress packets need to be restricted to the proper
target ports using VLAN, which the RTL8366RB DSA
switch driver already sets up.
Cc: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Cc: Mauri Sandberg <sandberg@mailfence.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/dsa/tag_qca.c:48:15: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
net/dsa/tag_qca.c:48:15: expected unsigned short [usertype]
net/dsa/tag_qca.c:48:15: got restricted __be16 [usertype]
net/dsa/tag_qca.c:68:13: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
net/dsa/tag_qca.c:68:13: expected restricted __be16 [usertype] hdr
net/dsa/tag_qca.c:68:13: got int
net/dsa/tag_qca.c:71:16: warning: restricted __be16 degrades to integer
net/dsa/tag_qca.c:81:17: warning: restricted __be16 degrades to integer
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/dsa/tag_mtk.c:84:13: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
net/dsa/tag_mtk.c:84:13: expected restricted __be16 [usertype] hdr
net/dsa/tag_mtk.c:84:13: got int
net/dsa/tag_mtk.c:94:17: warning: restricted __be16 degrades to integer
The result of a ntohs() is not __be16, but u16.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/dsa/tag_lan9303.c:76:24: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
net/dsa/tag_lan9303.c:76:24: expected unsigned short [usertype]
net/dsa/tag_lan9303.c:76:24: got restricted __be16 [usertype]
net/dsa/tag_lan9303.c:80:24: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
net/dsa/tag_lan9303.c:80:24: expected unsigned short [usertype]
net/dsa/tag_lan9303.c:80:24: got restricted __be16 [usertype]
net/dsa/tag_lan9303.c:106:31: warning: restricted __be16 degrades to integer
net/dsa/tag_lan9303.c:111:24: warning: cast to restricted __be16
net/dsa/tag_lan9303.c:111:24: warning: cast to restricted __be16
net/dsa/tag_lan9303.c:111:24: warning: cast to restricted __be16
net/dsa/tag_lan9303.c:111:24: warning: cast to restricted __be16
Make use of __be16 where appropriate to fix these warnings.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cpu_to_be16 returns a __be16 value. So what it is assigned to needs to
have the same type to avoid warnings.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/dsa/slave.c:505:13: warning: incorrect type in initializer (different address spaces)
net/dsa/slave.c:505:13: expected void const [noderef] <asn:3> *__vpp_verify
net/dsa/slave.c:505:13: got struct pcpu_sw_netstats *
Add the needed _percpu property to prevent this warning.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is not very informative to know the DSA master device when a
subordinate network device fails to get its PHY setup. Provide the
device name and capitalize PHY while we are it.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver for Marvell switches puts all ports in IGMP snooping mode
which results in all IGMP/MLD frames that ingress on the ports to be
forwarded to the CPU only.
The bridge code in the kernel can then interpret these frames and act
upon them, for instance by updating the mdb in the switch to reflect
multicast memberships of stations connected to the ports. However,
the IGMP/MLD frames must then also be forwarded to other ports of the
bridge so external IGMP queriers can track membership reports, and
external multicast clients can receive query reports from foreign IGMP
queriers.
Currently, this is impossible as the EDSA tagger sets offload_fwd_mark
on the skb when it unwraps the tagged frames, and that will make the
switchdev layer prevent the skb from egressing on any other port of
the same switch.
To fix that, look at the To_CPU code in the DSA header and make
forwarding of the frame possible for trapped IGMP packets.
Introduce some #defines for the frame types to make the code a bit more
comprehensive.
This was tested on a Marvell 88E6352 variant.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Mack <daniel@zonque.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix cfg80211 deadlock, from Johannes Berg.
2) RXRPC fails to send norigications, from David Howells.
3) MPTCP RM_ADDR parsing has an off by one pointer error, fix from
Geliang Tang.
4) Fix crash when using MSG_PEEK with sockmap, from Anny Hu.
5) The ucc_geth driver needs __netdev_watchdog_up exported, from
Valentin Longchamp.
6) Fix hashtable memory leak in dccp, from Wang Hai.
7) Fix how nexthops are marked as FDB nexthops, from David Ahern.
8) Fix mptcp races between shutdown and recvmsg, from Paolo Abeni.
9) Fix crashes in tipc_disc_rcv(), from Tuong Lien.
10) Fix link speed reporting in iavf driver, from Brett Creeley.
11) When a channel is used for XSK and then reused again later for XSK,
we forget to clear out the relevant data structures in mlx5 which
causes all kinds of problems. Fix from Maxim Mikityanskiy.
12) Fix memory leak in genetlink, from Cong Wang.
13) Disallow sockmap attachments to UDP sockets, it simply won't work.
From Lorenz Bauer.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net: (83 commits)
net: ethernet: ti: ale: fix allmulti for nu type ale
net: ethernet: ti: am65-cpsw-nuss: fix ale parameters init
net: atm: Remove the error message according to the atomic context
bpf: Undo internal BPF_PROBE_MEM in BPF insns dump
libbpf: Support pre-initializing .bss global variables
tools/bpftool: Fix skeleton codegen
bpf: Fix memlock accounting for sock_hash
bpf: sockmap: Don't attach programs to UDP sockets
bpf: tcp: Recv() should return 0 when the peer socket is closed
ibmvnic: Flush existing work items before device removal
genetlink: clean up family attributes allocations
net: ipa: header pad field only valid for AP->modem endpoint
net: ipa: program upper nibbles of sequencer type
net: ipa: fix modem LAN RX endpoint id
net: ipa: program metadata mask differently
ionic: add pcie_print_link_status
rxrpc: Fix race between incoming ACK parser and retransmitter
net/mlx5: E-Switch, Fix some error pointer dereferences
net/mlx5: Don't fail driver on failure to create debugfs
net/mlx5e: CT: Fix ipv6 nat header rewrite actions
...
Since commit 84af7a6194 ("checkpatch: kconfig: prefer 'help' over
'---help---'"), the number of '---help---' has been gradually
decreasing, but there are still more than 2400 instances.
This commit finishes the conversion. While I touched the lines,
I also fixed the indentation.
There are a variety of indentation styles found.
a) 4 spaces + '---help---'
b) 7 spaces + '---help---'
c) 8 spaces + '---help---'
d) 1 space + 1 tab + '---help---'
e) 1 tab + '---help---' (correct indentation)
f) 1 tab + 1 space + '---help---'
g) 1 tab + 2 spaces + '---help---'
In order to convert all of them to 1 tab + 'help', I ran the
following commend:
$ find . -name 'Kconfig*' | xargs sed -i 's/^[[:space:]]*---help---/\thelp/'
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <masahiroy@kernel.org>
The dynamic key update for addr_list_lock still causes troubles,
for example the following race condition still exists:
CPU 0: CPU 1:
(RCU read lock) (RTNL lock)
dev_mc_seq_show() netdev_update_lockdep_key()
-> lockdep_unregister_key()
-> netif_addr_lock_bh()
because lockdep doesn't provide an API to update it atomically.
Therefore, we have to move it back to static keys and use subclass
for nest locking like before.
In commit 1a33e10e4a ("net: partially revert dynamic lockdep key
changes"), I already reverted most parts of commit ab92d68fc2
("net: core: add generic lockdep keys").
This patch reverts the rest and also part of commit f3b0a18bb6
("net: remove unnecessary variables and callback"). After this
patch, addr_list_lock changes back to using static keys and
subclasses to satisfy lockdep. Thanks to dev->lower_level, we do
not have to change back to ->ndo_get_lock_subclass().
And hopefully this reduces some syzbot lockdep noises too.
Reported-by: syzbot+f3a0e80c34b3fc28ac5e@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Cc: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Cc: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
xdp_umem.c had overlapping changes between the 64-bit math fix
for the calculation of npgs and the removal of the zerocopy
memory type which got rid of the chunk_size_nohdr member.
The mlx5 Kconfig conflict is a case where we just take the
net-next copy of the Kconfig entry dependency as it takes on
the ESWITCH dependency by one level of indirection which is
what the 'net' conflicting change is trying to ensure.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Right now, our only tag_8021q user, sja1105, has the ability to restore
bridge VLANs on its own, so this logic is unnecessary.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Be there a platform with the following layout:
Regular NIC
|
+----> DSA master for switch port
|
+----> DSA master for another switch port
After changing DSA back to static lockdep class keys in commit
1a33e10e4a ("net: partially revert dynamic lockdep key changes"), this
kernel splat can be seen:
[ 13.361198] ============================================
[ 13.366524] WARNING: possible recursive locking detected
[ 13.371851] 5.7.0-rc4-02121-gc32a05ecd7af-dirty #988 Not tainted
[ 13.377874] --------------------------------------------
[ 13.383201] swapper/0/0 is trying to acquire lock:
[ 13.388004] ffff0000668ff298 (&dsa_slave_netdev_xmit_lock_key){+.-.}-{2:2}, at: __dev_queue_xmit+0x84c/0xbe0
[ 13.397879]
[ 13.397879] but task is already holding lock:
[ 13.403727] ffff0000661a1698 (&dsa_slave_netdev_xmit_lock_key){+.-.}-{2:2}, at: __dev_queue_xmit+0x84c/0xbe0
[ 13.413593]
[ 13.413593] other info that might help us debug this:
[ 13.420140] Possible unsafe locking scenario:
[ 13.420140]
[ 13.426075] CPU0
[ 13.428523] ----
[ 13.430969] lock(&dsa_slave_netdev_xmit_lock_key);
[ 13.435946] lock(&dsa_slave_netdev_xmit_lock_key);
[ 13.440924]
[ 13.440924] *** DEADLOCK ***
[ 13.440924]
[ 13.446860] May be due to missing lock nesting notation
[ 13.446860]
[ 13.453668] 6 locks held by swapper/0/0:
[ 13.457598] #0: ffff800010003de0 ((&idev->mc_ifc_timer)){+.-.}-{0:0}, at: call_timer_fn+0x0/0x400
[ 13.466593] #1: ffffd4d3fb478700 (rcu_read_lock){....}-{1:2}, at: mld_sendpack+0x0/0x560
[ 13.474803] #2: ffffd4d3fb478728 (rcu_read_lock_bh){....}-{1:2}, at: ip6_finish_output2+0x64/0xb10
[ 13.483886] #3: ffffd4d3fb478728 (rcu_read_lock_bh){....}-{1:2}, at: __dev_queue_xmit+0x6c/0xbe0
[ 13.492793] #4: ffff0000661a1698 (&dsa_slave_netdev_xmit_lock_key){+.-.}-{2:2}, at: __dev_queue_xmit+0x84c/0xbe0
[ 13.503094] #5: ffffd4d3fb478728 (rcu_read_lock_bh){....}-{1:2}, at: __dev_queue_xmit+0x6c/0xbe0
[ 13.512000]
[ 13.512000] stack backtrace:
[ 13.516369] CPU: 0 PID: 0 Comm: swapper/0 Not tainted 5.7.0-rc4-02121-gc32a05ecd7af-dirty #988
[ 13.530421] Call trace:
[ 13.532871] dump_backtrace+0x0/0x1d8
[ 13.536539] show_stack+0x24/0x30
[ 13.539862] dump_stack+0xe8/0x150
[ 13.543271] __lock_acquire+0x1030/0x1678
[ 13.547290] lock_acquire+0xf8/0x458
[ 13.550873] _raw_spin_lock+0x44/0x58
[ 13.554543] __dev_queue_xmit+0x84c/0xbe0
[ 13.558562] dev_queue_xmit+0x24/0x30
[ 13.562232] dsa_slave_xmit+0xe0/0x128
[ 13.565988] dev_hard_start_xmit+0xf4/0x448
[ 13.570182] __dev_queue_xmit+0x808/0xbe0
[ 13.574200] dev_queue_xmit+0x24/0x30
[ 13.577869] neigh_resolve_output+0x15c/0x220
[ 13.582237] ip6_finish_output2+0x244/0xb10
[ 13.586430] __ip6_finish_output+0x1dc/0x298
[ 13.590709] ip6_output+0x84/0x358
[ 13.594116] mld_sendpack+0x2bc/0x560
[ 13.597786] mld_ifc_timer_expire+0x210/0x390
[ 13.602153] call_timer_fn+0xcc/0x400
[ 13.605822] run_timer_softirq+0x588/0x6e0
[ 13.609927] __do_softirq+0x118/0x590
[ 13.613597] irq_exit+0x13c/0x148
[ 13.616918] __handle_domain_irq+0x6c/0xc0
[ 13.621023] gic_handle_irq+0x6c/0x160
[ 13.624779] el1_irq+0xbc/0x180
[ 13.627927] cpuidle_enter_state+0xb4/0x4d0
[ 13.632120] cpuidle_enter+0x3c/0x50
[ 13.635703] call_cpuidle+0x44/0x78
[ 13.639199] do_idle+0x228/0x2c8
[ 13.642433] cpu_startup_entry+0x2c/0x48
[ 13.646363] rest_init+0x1ac/0x280
[ 13.649773] arch_call_rest_init+0x14/0x1c
[ 13.653878] start_kernel+0x490/0x4bc
Lockdep keys themselves were added in commit ab92d68fc2 ("net: core:
add generic lockdep keys"), and it's very likely that this splat existed
since then, but I have no real way to check, since this stacked platform
wasn't supported by mainline back then.
>From Taehee's own words:
This patch was considered that all stackable devices have LLTX flag.
But the dsa doesn't have LLTX, so this splat happened.
After this patch, dsa shares the same lockdep class key.
On the nested dsa interface architecture, which you illustrated,
the same lockdep class key will be used in __dev_queue_xmit() because
dsa doesn't have LLTX.
So that lockdep detects deadlock because the same lockdep class key is
used recursively although actually the different locks are used.
There are some ways to fix this problem.
1. using NETIF_F_LLTX flag.
If possible, using the LLTX flag is a very clear way for it.
But I'm so sorry I don't know whether the dsa could have LLTX or not.
2. using dynamic lockdep again.
It means that each interface uses a separate lockdep class key.
So, lockdep will not detect recursive locking.
But this way has a problem that it could consume lockdep class key
too many.
Currently, lockdep can have 8192 lockdep class keys.
- you can see this number with the following command.
cat /proc/lockdep_stats
lock-classes: 1251 [max: 8192]
...
The [max: 8192] means that the maximum number of lockdep class keys.
If too many lockdep class keys are registered, lockdep stops to work.
So, using a dynamic(separated) lockdep class key should be considered
carefully.
In addition, updating lockdep class key routine might have to be existing.
(lockdep_register_key(), lockdep_set_class(), lockdep_unregister_key())
3. Using lockdep subclass.
A lockdep class key could have 8 subclasses.
The different subclass is considered different locks by lockdep
infrastructure.
But "lock-classes" is not counted by subclasses.
So, it could avoid stopping lockdep infrastructure by an overflow of
lockdep class keys.
This approach should also have an updating lockdep class key routine.
(lockdep_set_subclass())
4. Using nonvalidate lockdep class key.
The lockdep infrastructure supports nonvalidate lockdep class key type.
It means this lockdep is not validated by lockdep infrastructure.
So, the splat will not happen but lockdep couldn't detect real deadlock
case because lockdep really doesn't validate it.
I think this should be used for really special cases.
(lockdep_set_novalidate_class())
Further discussion here:
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/netdev/patch/20200503052220.4536-2-xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com/
There appears to be no negative side-effect to declaring lockless TX for
the DSA virtual interfaces, which means they handle their own locking.
So that's what we do to make the splat go away.
Patch tested in a wide variety of cases: unicast, multicast, PTP, etc.
Fixes: ab92d68fc2 ("net: core: add generic lockdep keys")
Suggested-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MSCC bug fix in 'net' had to be slightly adjusted because the
register accesses are done slightly differently in net-next.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a client moves from a DSA user port to a software port in a bridge,
it cannot reach any other clients that connected to the DSA user ports.
That is because SA learning on the CPU port is disabled, so the switch
ignores the client's frames from the CPU port and still thinks it is at
the user port.
Fix it by enabling SA learning on the CPU port.
To prevent the switch from learning from flooding frames from the CPU
port, set skb->offload_fwd_mark to 1 for unicast and broadcast frames,
and let the switch flood them instead of trapping to the CPU port.
Multicast frames still need to be trapped to the CPU port for snooping,
so set the SA_DIS bit of the MTK tag to 1 when transmitting those frames
to disable SA learning.
Fixes: b8f126a8d5 ("net-next: dsa: add dsa support for Mediatek MT7530 switch")
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A comparison between a value from the packet and an integer constant
value needs to be done by converting the value from the packet from
net->host, or the constant from host->net. Not the other way around.
Even though it makes no practical difference, correct that.
Fixes: 38b5beeae7 ("net: dsa: sja1105: prepare tagger for handling DSA tags and VLAN simultaneously")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create a subvlan_map as part of each port's tagger private structure.
This keeps reverse mappings of bridge-to-dsa_8021q VLAN retagging rules.
Note that as of this patch, this piece of code is never engaged, due to
the fact that the driver hasn't installed any retagging rule, so we'll
always see packets with a subvlan code of 0 (untagged).
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For switches that support VLAN retagging, such as sja1105, we extend
dsa_8021q by encoding a "sub-VLAN" into the remaining 3 free bits in the
dsa_8021q tag.
A sub-VLAN is nothing more than a number in the range 0-7, which serves
as an index into a per-port driver lookup table. The sub-VLAN value of
zero means that traffic is untagged (this is also backwards-compatible
with dsa_8021q without retagging).
The switch should be configured to retag VLAN-tagged traffic that gets
transmitted towards the CPU port (and towards the CPU only). Example:
bridge vlan add dev sw1p0 vid 100
The switch retags frames received on port 0, going to the CPU, and
having VID 100, to the VID of 1104 (0x0450). In dsa_8021q language:
| 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
+-----------+-----+-----------------+-----------+-----------------------+
| DIR | SVL | SWITCH_ID | SUBVLAN | PORT |
+-----------+-----+-----------------+-----------+-----------------------+
0x0450 means:
- DIR = 0b01: this is an RX VLAN
- SUBVLAN = 0b001: this is subvlan #1
- SWITCH_ID = 0b001: this is switch 1 (see the name "sw1p0")
- PORT = 0b0000: this is port 0 (see the name "sw1p0")
The driver also remembers the "1 -> 100" mapping. In the hotpath, if the
sub-VLAN from the tag encodes a non-untagged frame, this mapping is used
to create a VLAN hwaccel tag, with the value of 100.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In VLAN-unaware mode, sja1105 uses VLAN tags with a custom TPID of
0xdadb. While in the yet-to-be introduced best_effort_vlan_filtering
mode, it needs to work with normal VLAN TPID values.
A complication arises when we must transmit a VLAN-tagged packet to the
switch when it's in VLAN-aware mode. We need to construct a packet with
2 VLAN tags, and the switch will use the outer header for routing and
pop it on egress. But sadly, here the 2 hardware generations don't
behave the same:
- E/T switches won't pop an ETH_P_8021AD tag on egress, it seems
(packets will remain double-tagged).
- P/Q/R/S switches will drop a packet with 2 ETH_P_8021Q tags (it looks
like it tries to prevent VLAN hopping).
But looks like the reverse is also true:
- E/T switches have no problem popping the outer tag from packets with
2 ETH_P_8021Q tags.
- P/Q/R/S will have no problem popping a single tag even if that is
ETH_P_8021AD.
So it is clear that if we want the hardware to work with dsa_8021q
tagging in VLAN-aware mode, we need to send different TPIDs depending on
revision. Keep that information in priv->info->qinq_tpid.
The per-port tagger structure will hold an xmit_tpid value that depends
not only upon the qinq_tpid, but also upon the VLAN awareness state
itself (in case we must transmit using 0xdadb).
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Managing the VLAN table that is present in hardware will become very
difficult once we add a third operating state
(best_effort_vlan_filtering). That is because correct cleanup (not too
little, not too much) becomes virtually impossible, when VLANs can be
added from the bridge layer, from dsa_8021q for basic tagging, for
cross-chip bridging, as well as retagging rules for sub-VLANs and
cross-chip sub-VLANs. So we need to rethink VLAN interaction with the
switch in a more scalable way.
In preparation for that, use the priv->expect_dsa_8021q boolean to
classify any VLAN request received through .port_vlan_add or
.port_vlan_del towards either one of 2 internal lists: bridge VLANs and
dsa_8021q VLANs.
Then, implement a central sja1105_build_vlan_table method that creates a
VLAN configuration from scratch based on the 2 lists of VLANs kept by
the driver, and based on the VLAN awareness state. Currently, if we are
VLAN-unaware, install the dsa_8021q VLANs, otherwise the bridge VLANs.
Then, implement a delta commit procedure that identifies which VLANs
from this new configuration are actually different from the config
previously committed to hardware. We apply the delta through the dynamic
configuration interface (we don't reset the switch). The result is that
the hardware should see the exact sequence of operations as before this
patch.
This also helps remove the "br" argument passed to
dsa_8021q_crosschip_bridge_join, which it was only using to figure out
whether it should commit the configuration back to us or not, based on
the VLAN awareness state of the bridge. We can simplify that, by always
allowing those VLANs inside of our dsa_8021q_vlans list, and committing
those to hardware when necessary.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function returns a boolean denoting whether the VLAN passed as
argument is part of the 1024-3071 range that the dsa_8021q tagging
scheme uses.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA assumes that a bridge which has vlan filtering disabled is not
vlan aware, and ignores all vlan configuration. However, the kernel
software bridge code allows configuration in this state.
This causes the kernel's idea of the bridge vlan state and the
hardware state to disagree, so "bridge vlan show" indicates a correct
configuration but the hardware lacks all configuration. Even worse,
enabling vlan filtering on a DSA bridge immediately blocks all traffic
which, given the output of "bridge vlan show", is very confusing.
Provide an option that drivers can set to indicate they want to receive
vlan configuration even when vlan filtering is disabled. At the very
least, this is safe for Marvell DSA bridges, which do not look up
ingress traffic in the VTU if the port is in 8021Q disabled state. It is
also safe for the Ocelot switch family. Whether this change is suitable
for all DSA bridges is not known.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sja1105_netdev_ops should be const since that is what the DSA layer
expects.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ocelot_netdev_ops should be const since that is what the DSA layer
expects.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sja1105 uses dsa_8021q for DSA tagging, a format which is VLAN at heart
and which is compatible with cascading. A complete description of this
tagging format is in net/dsa/tag_8021q.c, but a quick summary is that
each external-facing port tags incoming frames with a unique pvid, and
this special VLAN is transmitted as tagged towards the inside of the
system, and as untagged towards the exterior. The tag encodes the switch
id and the source port index.
This means that cross-chip bridging for dsa_8021q only entails adding
the dsa_8021q pvids of one switch to the RX filter of the other
switches. Everything else falls naturally into place, as long as the
bottom-end of ports (the leaves in the tree) is comprised exclusively of
dsa_8021q-compatible (i.e. sja1105 switches). Otherwise, there would be
a chance that a front-panel switch transmits a packet tagged with a
dsa_8021q header, header which it wouldn't be able to remove, and which
would hence "leak" out.
The only use case I tested (due to lack of board availability) was when
the sja1105 switches are part of disjoint trees (however, this doesn't
change the fact that multiple sja1105 switches still need unique switch
identifiers in such a system). But in principle, even "true" single-tree
setups (with DSA links) should work just as fine, except for a small
change which I can't test: dsa_towards_port should be used instead of
dsa_upstream_port (I made the assumption that the routing port that any
sja1105 should use towards its neighbours is the CPU port. That might
not hold true in other setups).
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Somewhat similar to dsa_tree_find, dsa_switch_find returns a dsa_switch
structure pointer by searching for its tree index and switch index (the
parameters from dsa,member). To be used, for example, by drivers who
implement .crosschip_bridge_join and need a reference to the other
switch indicated to by the tree_index and sw_index arguments.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
One way of utilizing DSA is by cascading switches which do not all have
compatible taggers. Consider the following real-life topology:
+---------------------------------------------------------------+
| LS1028A |
| +------------------------------+ |
| | DSA master for Felix | |
| |(internal ENETC port 2: eno2))| |
| +------------+------------------------------+-------------+ |
| | Felix embedded L2 switch | |
| | | |
| | +--------------+ +--------------+ +--------------+ | |
| | |DSA master for| |DSA master for| |DSA master for| | |
| | | SJA1105 1 | | SJA1105 2 | | SJA1105 3 | | |
| | |(Felix port 1)| |(Felix port 2)| |(Felix port 3)| | |
+--+-+--------------+---+--------------+---+--------------+--+--+
+-----------------------+ +-----------------------+ +-----------------------+
| SJA1105 switch 1 | | SJA1105 switch 2 | | SJA1105 switch 3 |
+-----+-----+-----+-----+ +-----+-----+-----+-----+ +-----+-----+-----+-----+
|sw1p0|sw1p1|sw1p2|sw1p3| |sw2p0|sw2p1|sw2p2|sw2p3| |sw3p0|sw3p1|sw3p2|sw3p3|
+-----+-----+-----+-----+ +-----+-----+-----+-----+ +-----+-----+-----+-----+
The above can be described in the device tree as follows (obviously not
complete):
mscc_felix {
dsa,member = <0 0>;
ports {
port@4 {
ethernet = <&enetc_port2>;
};
};
};
sja1105_switch1 {
dsa,member = <1 1>;
ports {
port@4 {
ethernet = <&mscc_felix_port1>;
};
};
};
sja1105_switch2 {
dsa,member = <2 2>;
ports {
port@4 {
ethernet = <&mscc_felix_port2>;
};
};
};
sja1105_switch3 {
dsa,member = <3 3>;
ports {
port@4 {
ethernet = <&mscc_felix_port3>;
};
};
};
Basically we instantiate one DSA switch tree for every hardware switch
in the system, but we still give them globally unique switch IDs (will
come back to that later). Having 3 disjoint switch trees makes the
tagger drivers "just work", because net devices are registered for the
3 Felix DSA master ports, and they are also DSA slave ports to the ENETC
port. So packets received on the ENETC port are stripped of their
stacked DSA tags one by one.
Currently, hardware bridging between ports on the same sja1105 chip is
possible, but switching between sja1105 ports on different chips is
handled by the software bridge. This is fine, but we can do better.
In fact, the dsa_8021q tag used by sja1105 is compatible with cascading.
In other words, a sja1105 switch can correctly parse and route a packet
containing a dsa_8021q tag. So if we could enable hardware bridging on
the Felix DSA master ports, cross-chip bridging could be completely
offloaded.
Such as system would be used as follows:
ip link add dev br0 type bridge && ip link set dev br0 up
for port in sw0p0 sw0p1 sw0p2 sw0p3 \
sw1p0 sw1p1 sw1p2 sw1p3 \
sw2p0 sw2p1 sw2p2 sw2p3; do
ip link set dev $port master br0
done
The above makes switching between ports on the same row be performed in
hardware, and between ports on different rows in software. Now assume
the Felix switch ports are called swp0, swp1, swp2. By running the
following extra commands:
ip link add dev br1 type bridge && ip link set dev br1 up
for port in swp0 swp1 swp2; do
ip link set dev $port master br1
done
the CPU no longer sees packets which traverse sja1105 switch boundaries
and can be forwarded directly by Felix. The br1 bridge would not be used
for any sort of traffic termination.
For this to work, we need to give drivers an opportunity to listen for
bridging events on DSA trees other than their own, and pass that other
tree index as argument. I have made the assumption, for the moment, that
the other existing DSA notifiers don't need to be broadcast to other
trees. That assumption might turn out to be incorrect. But in the
meantime, introduce a dsa_broadcast function, similar in purpose to
dsa_port_notify, which is used only by the bridging notifiers.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
netpoll_send_skb() callers seem to leak skb if
the np pointer is NULL. While this should not happen, we
can make the code more robust.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD macro is used to report a string describing an
error message to userspace via the netlink extended ACK structure. It
should not have a trailing newline.
Add a cocci script which catches cases where the newline marker is
present. Using this script, fix the handful of cases which accidentally
included a trailing new line.
I couldn't figure out a way to get a patch mode working, so this script
only implements context, report, and org.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Cc: Andy Whitcroft <apw@canonical.com>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As its implementation shows, this is synonimous with calling
dsa_slave_dev_check followed by dsa_slave_to_port, so it is quite simple
already and provides functionality which is already there.
However there is now a need for these functions outside dsa_priv.h, for
example in drivers that perform mirroring and redirection through
tc-flower offloads (they are given raw access to the flow_cls_offload
structure), where they need to call this function on act->dev.
But simply exporting dsa_slave_to_port would make it non-inline and
would result in an extra function call in the hotpath, as can be seen
for example in sja1105:
Before:
000006dc <sja1105_xmit>:
{
6dc: e92d4ff0 push {r4, r5, r6, r7, r8, r9, sl, fp, lr}
6e0: e1a04000 mov r4, r0
6e4: e591958c ldr r9, [r1, #1420] ; 0x58c <- Inline dsa_slave_to_port
6e8: e1a05001 mov r5, r1
6ec: e24dd004 sub sp, sp, #4
u16 tx_vid = dsa_8021q_tx_vid(dp->ds, dp->index);
6f0: e1c901d8 ldrd r0, [r9, #24]
6f4: ebfffffe bl 0 <dsa_8021q_tx_vid>
6f4: R_ARM_CALL dsa_8021q_tx_vid
u8 pcp = netdev_txq_to_tc(netdev, queue_mapping);
6f8: e1d416b0 ldrh r1, [r4, #96] ; 0x60
u16 tx_vid = dsa_8021q_tx_vid(dp->ds, dp->index);
6fc: e1a08000 mov r8, r0
After:
000006e4 <sja1105_xmit>:
{
6e4: e92d4ff0 push {r4, r5, r6, r7, r8, r9, sl, fp, lr}
6e8: e1a04000 mov r4, r0
6ec: e24dd004 sub sp, sp, #4
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(netdev);
6f0: e1a00001 mov r0, r1
{
6f4: e1a05001 mov r5, r1
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(netdev);
6f8: ebfffffe bl 0 <dsa_slave_to_port>
6f8: R_ARM_CALL dsa_slave_to_port
6fc: e1a09000 mov r9, r0
u16 tx_vid = dsa_8021q_tx_vid(dp->ds, dp->index);
700: e1c001d8 ldrd r0, [r0, #24]
704: ebfffffe bl 0 <dsa_8021q_tx_vid>
704: R_ARM_CALL dsa_8021q_tx_vid
Because we want to avoid possible performance regressions, introduce
this new function which is designed to be public.
Suggested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When ndo_get_phys_port_name() for the CPU port was added we introduced
an early check for when the DSA master network device in
dsa_master_ndo_setup() already implements ndo_get_phys_port_name(). When
we perform the teardown operation in dsa_master_ndo_teardown() we would
not be checking that cpu_dp->orig_ndo_ops was successfully allocated and
non-NULL initialized.
With network device drivers such as virtio_net, this leads to a NPD as
soon as the DSA switch hanging off of it gets torn down because we are
now assigning the virtio_net device's netdev_ops a NULL pointer.
Fixes: da7b9e9b00 ("net: dsa: Add ndo_get_phys_port_name() for CPU port")
Reported-by: Allen Pais <allen.pais@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Allen Pais <allen.pais@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This was caused by a poor merge conflict resolution on my side. The
"act = &cls->rule->action.entries[0];" assignment was already present in
the code prior to the patch mentioned below.
Fixes: e13c207528 ("net: dsa: refactor matchall mirred action to separate function")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch reverts the folowing commits:
commit 064ff66e2b
"bonding: add missing netdev_update_lockdep_key()"
commit 53d374979e
"net: avoid updating qdisc_xmit_lock_key in netdev_update_lockdep_key()"
commit 1f26c0d3d2
"net: fix kernel-doc warning in <linux/netdevice.h>"
commit ab92d68fc2
"net: core: add generic lockdep keys"
but keeps the addr_list_lock_key because we still lock
addr_list_lock nestedly on stack devices, unlikely xmit_lock
this is safe because we don't take addr_list_lock on any fast
path.
Reported-and-tested-by: syzbot+aaa6fa4949cc5d9b7b25@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Cc: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Cc: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prior to 1d27732f41 ("net: dsa: setup and teardown ports"), we would
not treat failures to set-up an user port as fatal, but after this
commit we would, which is a regression for some systems where interfaces
may be declared in the Device Tree, but the underlying hardware may not
be present (pluggable daughter cards for instance).
Fixes: 1d27732f41 ("net: dsa: setup and teardown ports")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the callback into the phylink_config structure, rather than
providing a callback to set this up.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gro_cells lib is used by different encapsulating netdevices, such as
geneve, macsec, vxlan etc. to speed up decapsulated traffic processing.
CPU tag is a sort of "encapsulation", and we can use the same mechs to
greatly improve overall DSA performance.
skbs are passed to the GRO layer after removing CPU tags, so we don't
need any new packet offload types as it was firstly proposed by me in
the first GRO-over-DSA variant [1].
The size of struct gro_cells is sizeof(void *), so hot struct
dsa_slave_priv becomes only 4/8 bytes bigger, and all critical fields
remain in one 32-byte cacheline.
The other positive side effect is that drivers for network devices
that can be shipped as CPU ports of DSA-driven switches can now use
napi_gro_frags() to pass skbs to kernel. Packets built that way are
completely non-linear and are likely being dropped without GRO.
This was tested on to-be-mainlined-soon Ethernet driver that uses
napi_gro_frags(), and the overall performance was on par with the
variant from [1], sometimes even better due to minimal overhead.
net.core.gro_normal_batch tuning may help to push it to the limit
on particular setups and platforms.
iperf3 IPoE VLAN NAT TCP forwarding (port1.218 -> port0) setup
on 1.2 GHz MIPS board:
5.7-rc2 baseline:
[ID] Interval Transfer Bitrate Retr
[ 5] 0.00-120.01 sec 9.00 GBytes 644 Mbits/sec 413 sender
[ 5] 0.00-120.00 sec 8.99 GBytes 644 Mbits/sec receiver
Iface RX packets TX packets
eth0 7097731 7097702
port0 426050 6671829
port1 6671681 425862
port1.218 6671677 425851
With this patch:
[ID] Interval Transfer Bitrate Retr
[ 5] 0.00-120.01 sec 12.2 GBytes 870 Mbits/sec 122 sender
[ 5] 0.00-120.00 sec 12.2 GBytes 870 Mbits/sec receiver
Iface RX packets TX packets
eth0 9474792 9474777
port0 455200 353288
port1 9019592 455035
port1.218 353144 455024
v2:
- Add some performance examples in the commit message;
- No functional changes.
[1] https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20191230143028.27313-1-alobakin@dlink.ru/
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <bloodyreaper@yandex.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no reason to fail the probing of the switch if the MTU couldn't
be configured correctly (either the switch port itself, or the host
port) for whatever reason. MTU-sized traffic probably won't work, sure,
but we can still probably limp on and support some form of communication
anyway, which the users would probably appreciate more.
Fixes: bfcb813203 ("net: dsa: configure the MTU for switch ports")
Reported-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA and CPU ports can be configured in two ways. By default, the
driver should configure such ports to there maximum bandwidth. For
most use cases, this is sufficient. When this default is insufficient,
a phylink instance can be bound to such ports, and phylink will
configure the port, e.g. based on fixed-link properties. phylink
assumes the port is initially down. Given that the driver should have
already configured it to its maximum speed, ask the driver to down
the port before instantiating the phylink instance.
Fixes: 30c4a5b0aa ("net: mv88e6xxx: use resolved link config in mac_link_up()")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: f41071407c85 ("net: dsa: implement auto-normalization of MTU for bridge hardware datapath")
Signed-off-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix an oops in dsa_port_phylink_mac_change() caused by a combination
of a20f997010 ("net: dsa: Don't instantiate phylink for CPU/DSA
ports unless needed") and the net-dsa-improve-serdes-integration
series of patches 65b7a2c8e3 ("Merge branch
'net-dsa-improve-serdes-integration'").
Unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at virtual address 00000124
pgd = c0004000
[00000124] *pgd=00000000
Internal error: Oops: 805 [#1] SMP ARM
Modules linked in: tag_edsa spi_nor mtd xhci_plat_hcd mv88e6xxx(+) xhci_hcd armada_thermal marvell_cesa dsa_core ehci_orion libdes phy_armada38x_comphy at24 mcp3021 sfp evbug spi_orion sff mdio_i2c
CPU: 1 PID: 214 Comm: irq/55-mv88e6xx Not tainted 5.6.0+ #470
Hardware name: Marvell Armada 380/385 (Device Tree)
PC is at phylink_mac_change+0x10/0x88
LR is at mv88e6352_serdes_irq_status+0x74/0x94 [mv88e6xxx]
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The approach taken to pass the port policer methods on to drivers is
pragmatic. It is similar to the port mirroring implementation (in that
the DSA core does all of the filter block interaction and only passes
simple operations for the driver to implement) and dissimilar to how
flow-based policers are going to be implemented (where the driver has
full control over the flow_cls_offload data structure).
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make room for other actions for the matchall filter by keeping the
mirred argument parsing self-contained in its own function.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no point in preparing the module name in a buffer. The format
string can be passed diectly to 'request_module()'.
This axes a few lines of code and cleans a few things:
- max len for a driver name is MODULE_NAME_LEN wich is ~ 60 chars,
not 128. It would be down-sized in 'request_module()'
- we should pass the total size of the buffer to 'snprintf()', not the
size minus 1
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many switches don't have an explicit knob for configuring the MTU
(maximum transmission unit per interface). Instead, they do the
length-based packet admission checks on the ingress interface, for
reasons that are easy to understand (why would you accept a packet in
the queuing subsystem if you know you're going to drop it anyway).
So it is actually the MRU that these switches permit configuring.
In Linux there only exists the IFLA_MTU netlink attribute and the
associated dev_set_mtu function. The comments like to play blind and say
that it's changing the "maximum transfer unit", which is to say that
there isn't any directionality in the meaning of the MTU word. So that
is the interpretation that this patch is giving to things: MTU == MRU.
When 2 interfaces having different MTUs are bridged, the bridge driver
MTU auto-adjustment logic kicks in: what br_mtu_auto_adjust() does is it
adjusts the MTU of the bridge net device itself (and not that of the
slave net devices) to the minimum value of all slave interfaces, in
order for forwarded packets to not exceed the MTU regardless of the
interface they are received and send on.
The idea behind this behavior, and why the slave MTUs are not adjusted,
is that normal termination from Linux over the L2 forwarding domain
should happen over the bridge net device, which _is_ properly limited by
the minimum MTU. And termination over individual slave devices is
possible even if those are bridged. But that is not "forwarding", so
there's no reason to do normalization there, since only a single
interface sees that packet.
The problem with those switches that can only control the MRU is with
the offloaded data path, where a packet received on an interface with
MRU 9000 would still be forwarded to an interface with MRU 1500. And the
br_mtu_auto_adjust() function does not really help, since the MTU
configured on the bridge net device is ignored.
In order to enforce the de-facto MTU == MRU rule for these switches, we
need to do MTU normalization, which means: in order for no packet larger
than the MTU configured on this port to be sent, then we need to limit
the MRU on all ports that this packet could possibly come from. AKA
since we are configuring the MRU via MTU, it means that all ports within
a bridge forwarding domain should have the same MTU.
And that is exactly what this patch is trying to do.
>From an implementation perspective, we try to follow the intent of the
user, otherwise there is a risk that we might livelock them (they try to
change the MTU on an already-bridged interface, but we just keep
changing it back in an attempt to keep the MTU normalized). So the MTU
that the bridge is normalized to is either:
- The most recently changed one:
ip link set dev swp0 master br0
ip link set dev swp1 master br0
ip link set dev swp0 mtu 1400
This sequence will make swp1 inherit MTU 1400 from swp0.
- The one of the most recently added interface to the bridge:
ip link set dev swp0 master br0
ip link set dev swp1 mtu 1400
ip link set dev swp1 master br0
The above sequence will make swp0 inherit MTU 1400 as well.
Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is useful be able to configure port policers on a switch to accept
frames of various sizes:
- Increase the MTU for better throughput from the default of 1500 if it
is known that there is no 10/100 Mbps device in the network.
- Decrease the MTU to limit the latency of high-priority frames under
congestion, or work around various network segments that add extra
headers to packets which can't be fragmented.
For DSA slave ports, this is mostly a pass-through callback, called
through the regular ndo ops and at probe time (to ensure consistency
across all supported switches).
The CPU port is called with an MTU equal to the largest configured MTU
of the slave ports. The assumption is that the user might want to
sustain a bidirectional conversation with a partner over any switch
port.
The DSA master is configured the same as the CPU port, plus the tagger
overhead. Since the MTU is by definition L2 payload (sans Ethernet
header), it is up to each individual driver to figure out if it needs to
do anything special for its frame tags on the CPU port (it shouldn't
except in special cases). So the MTU does not contain the tagger
overhead on the CPU port.
However the MTU of the DSA master, minus the tagger overhead, is used as
a proxy for the MTU of the CPU port, which does not have a net device.
This is to avoid uselessly calling the .change_mtu function on the CPU
port when nothing should change.
So it is safe to assume that the DSA master and the CPU port MTUs are
apart by exactly the tagger's overhead in bytes.
Some changes were made around dsa_master_set_mtu(), function which was
now removed, for 2 reasons:
- dev_set_mtu() already calls dev_validate_mtu(), so it's redundant to
do the same thing in DSA
- __dev_set_mtu() returns 0 if ops->ndo_change_mtu is an absent method
That is to say, there's no need for this function in DSA, we can safely
call dev_set_mtu() directly, take the rtnl lock when necessary, and just
propagate whatever errors get reported (since the user probably wants to
be informed).
Some inspiration (mainly in the MTU DSA notifier) was taken from a
vaguely similar patch from Murali and Florian, who are credited as
co-developers down below.
Co-developed-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com>
Co-developed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Overlapping header include additions in macsec.c
A bug fix in 'net' overlapping with the removal of 'version'
string in ena_netdev.c
Overlapping test additions in selftests Makefile
Overlapping PCI ID table adjustments in iwlwifi driver.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not only did this wheel did not need reinventing, but there is also
an issue with it: It doesn't remove the VLAN header in a way that
preserves the L2 payload checksum when that is being provided by the DSA
master hw. It should recalculate checksum both for the push, before
removing the header, and for the pull afterwards. But the current
implementation is quite dizzying, with pulls followed immediately
afterwards by pushes, the memmove is done before the push, etc. This
makes a DSA master with RX checksumming offload to print stack traces
with the infamous 'hw csum failure' message.
So remove the dsa_8021q_remove_header function and replace it with
something that actually works with inet checksumming.
Fixes: d461933638 ("net: dsa: tag_8021q: Create helper function for removing VLAN header")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide a flow_dissect callback which returns the network offset and
where to find the skb protocol, given the tags structure a common
function works for both tagging formats that are supported.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When both the switch and the bridge are learning about new addresses,
switch ports attached to the bridge would see duplicate ARP frames
because both entities would attempt to send them.
Fixes: 5037d532b8 ("net: dsa: add Broadcom tag RX/TX handler")
Reported-by: Maxime Bizon <mbizon@freebox.fr>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
flow_action_hw_stats_types_check() helper takes one of the
FLOW_ACTION_HW_STATS_*_BIT values as input. If we align
the arguments to the opening bracket of the helper there
is no way to call this helper and stay under 80 characters.
Remove the "types" part from the new flow_action helpers
and enum values.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Issue a warning to the kernel log if phylink_mac_link_state() returns
an error. This should not occur, but let's make it visible.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By default, DSA drivers should configure CPU and DSA ports to their
maximum speed. In many configurations this is sufficient to make the
link work.
In some cases it is necessary to configure the link to run slower,
e.g. because of limitations of the SoC it is connected to. Or back to
back PHYs are used and the PHY needs to be driven in order to
establish link. In this case, phylink is used.
Only instantiate phylink if it is required. If there is no PHY, or no
fixed link properties, phylink can upset a link which works in the
default configuration.
Fixes: 0e27921816 ("net: dsa: Use PHYLINK for the CPU/DSA ports")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce flow_action_basic_hw_stats_types_check() helper and use it
in drivers. That sanitizes the drivers which do not have support
for action HW stats types.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ocelot has the concept of a CPU port. The CPU port is represented in the
forwarding and the queueing system, but it is not a physical device. The
CPU port can either be accessed via register-based injection/extraction
(which is the case of Ocelot), via Frame-DMA (similar to the first one),
or "connected" to a physical Ethernet port (called NPI in the datasheet)
which is the case of the Felix DSA switch.
In Ocelot the CPU port is at index 11.
In Felix the CPU port is at index 6.
The CPU bit is treated special in the forwarding, as it is never cleared
from the forwarding port mask (once added to it). Other than that, it is
treated the same as a normal front port.
Both Felix and Ocelot should use the CPU port in the same way. This
means that Felix should not use the NPI port directly when forwarding to
the CPU, but instead use the CPU port.
This patch is fixing this such that Felix will use port 6 as its CPU
port, and just use the NPI port to carry the traffic.
Therefore, eliminate the "ocelot->cpu" variable which was holding the
index of the NPI port for Felix, and the index of the CPU port module
for Ocelot, so the variable was actually configuring different things
for different drivers and causing at least part of the confusion.
Also remove the "ocelot->num_cpu_ports" variable, which is the result of
another confusion. The 2 CPU ports mentioned in the datasheet are
because there are two frame extraction channels (register based or DMA
based). This is of no relevance to the driver at the moment, and
invisible to the analyzer module.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Suggested-by: Allan W. Nielsen <allan.nielsen@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to the immense variety of classification keys and actions available
for tc-flower, as well as due to potentially very different DSA switch
capabilities, it doesn't make a lot of sense for the DSA mid layer to
even attempt to interpret these. So just pass them on to the underlying
switch driver.
DSA implements just the standard boilerplate for binding and unbinding
flow blocks to ports, since nobody wants to deal with that.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Place phylink_start()/phylink_stop() inside dsa_port_enable() and
dsa_port_disable(), which ensures that we call phylink_stop() before
tearing down phylink - which is a documented requirement. Failure
to do so can cause use-after-free bugs.
Fixes: 0e27921816 ("net: dsa: Use PHYLINK for the CPU/DSA ports")
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Propagate the resolved link configuration down via DSA's
phylink_mac_link_up() operation to allow split PCS/MAC to work.
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Propagate the resolved link parameters via the mac_link_up() call for
MACs that do not automatically track their PCS state. We propagate the
link parameters via function arguments so that inappropriate members
of struct phylink_link_state can't be accessed, and creating a new
structure just for this adds needless complexity to the API.
Tested-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Tested-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Passing tag size to skb_cow_head will make sure
there is enough headroom for the tag data.
This change does not introduce any overhead in case there
is already available headroom for tag.
Signed-off-by: Per Forlin <perfn@axis.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Passing tag size to skb_cow_head will make sure
there is enough headroom for the tag data.
This change does not introduce any overhead in case there
is already available headroom for tag.
Signed-off-by: Per Forlin <perfn@axis.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA sets up a switch tree little by little. Every switch of the N
members of the tree calls dsa_register_switch, and (N - 1) will just
touch the dst->ports list with their ports and quickly exit. Only the
last switch that calls dsa_register_switch will find all DSA links
complete in dsa_tree_setup_routing_table, and not return zero as a
result but instead go ahead and set up the entire DSA switch tree
(practically on behalf of the other switches too).
The trouble is that the (N - 1) switches don't clean up after themselves
after they get an error such as EPROBE_DEFER. Their footprint left in
dst->ports by dsa_switch_touch_ports is still there. And switch N, the
one responsible with actually setting up the tree, is going to work with
those stale dp, dp->ds and dp->ds->dev pointers. In particular ds and
ds->dev might get freed by the device driver.
Be there a 2-switch tree and the following calling order:
- Switch 1 calls dsa_register_switch
- Calls dsa_switch_touch_ports, populates dst->ports
- Calls dsa_port_parse_cpu, gets -EPROBE_DEFER, exits.
- Switch 2 calls dsa_register_switch
- Calls dsa_switch_touch_ports, populates dst->ports
- Probe doesn't get deferred, so it goes ahead.
- Calls dsa_tree_setup_routing_table, which returns "complete == true"
due to Switch 1 having called dsa_switch_touch_ports before.
- Because the DSA links are complete, it calls dsa_tree_setup_switches
now.
- dsa_tree_setup_switches iterates through dst->ports, initializing
the Switch 1 ds structure (invalid) and the Switch 2 ds structure
(valid).
- Undefined behavior (use after free, sometimes NULL pointers, etc).
Real example below (debugging prints added by me, as well as guards
against NULL pointers):
[ 5.477947] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 0 of switch ffffff803df0b980 (dev ffffff803f775c00)
[ 6.313002] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 1 of switch ffffff803df0b980 (dev ffffff803f775c00)
[ 6.319932] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 2 of switch ffffff803df0b980 (dev ffffff803f775c00)
[ 6.329693] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 3 of switch ffffff803df0b980 (dev ffffff803f775c00)
[ 6.339458] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 4 of switch ffffff803df0b980 (dev ffffff803f775c00)
[ 6.349226] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 5 of switch ffffff803df0b980 (dev ffffff803f775c00)
[ 6.358991] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 6 of switch ffffff803df0b980 (dev ffffff803f775c00)
[ 6.368758] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 7 of switch ffffff803df0b980 (dev ffffff803f775c00)
[ 6.378524] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 8 of switch ffffff803df0b980 (dev ffffff803f775c00)
[ 6.388291] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 9 of switch ffffff803df0b980 (dev ffffff803f775c00)
[ 6.398057] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 10 of switch ffffff803df0b980 (dev ffffff803f775c00)
[ 6.407912] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 0 of switch ffffff803da02f80 (dev 0000000000000000)
[ 6.417682] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 1 of switch ffffff803da02f80 (dev 0000000000000000)
[ 6.427446] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 2 of switch ffffff803da02f80 (dev 0000000000000000)
[ 6.437212] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 3 of switch ffffff803da02f80 (dev 0000000000000000)
[ 6.446979] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 4 of switch ffffff803da02f80 (dev 0000000000000000)
[ 6.456744] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 5 of switch ffffff803da02f80 (dev 0000000000000000)
[ 6.466512] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 6 of switch ffffff803da02f80 (dev 0000000000000000)
[ 6.476277] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 7 of switch ffffff803da02f80 (dev 0000000000000000)
[ 6.486043] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 8 of switch ffffff803da02f80 (dev 0000000000000000)
[ 6.495810] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 9 of switch ffffff803da02f80 (dev 0000000000000000)
[ 6.505577] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 10 of switch ffffff803da02f80 (dev 0000000000000000)
[ 6.515433] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 0 of switch ffffff803db15b80 (dev ffffff803d8e4800)
[ 7.354120] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 1 of switch ffffff803db15b80 (dev ffffff803d8e4800)
[ 7.361045] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 2 of switch ffffff803db15b80 (dev ffffff803d8e4800)
[ 7.370805] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 3 of switch ffffff803db15b80 (dev ffffff803d8e4800)
[ 7.380571] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 4 of switch ffffff803db15b80 (dev ffffff803d8e4800)
[ 7.390337] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 5 of switch ffffff803db15b80 (dev ffffff803d8e4800)
[ 7.400104] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 6 of switch ffffff803db15b80 (dev ffffff803d8e4800)
[ 7.409872] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 7 of switch ffffff803db15b80 (dev ffffff803d8e4800)
[ 7.419637] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 8 of switch ffffff803db15b80 (dev ffffff803d8e4800)
[ 7.429403] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 9 of switch ffffff803db15b80 (dev ffffff803d8e4800)
[ 7.439169] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 10 of switch ffffff803db15b80 (dev ffffff803d8e4800)
The solution is to recognize that the functions that call
dsa_switch_touch_ports (dsa_switch_parse_of, dsa_switch_parse) have side
effects, and therefore one should clean up their side effects on error
path. The cleanup of dst->ports was taken from dsa_switch_remove and
moved into a dedicated dsa_switch_release_ports function, which should
really be per-switch (free only the members of dst->ports that are also
members of ds, instead of all switch ports).
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA subsystem takes care of netdev statistics since commit 4ed70ce9f0
("net: dsa: Refactor transmit path to eliminate duplication"), so
any accounting inside tagger callbacks is redundant and can lead to
messing up the stats.
This bug is present in Qualcomm tagger since day 0.
Fixes: cafdc45c94 ("net-next: dsa: add Qualcomm tag RX/TX handler")
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@dlink.ru>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The correct name is GSWIP (Gigabit Switch IP). Typo was introduced in
875138f81d ("dsa: Move tagger name into its ops structure") while
moving tagger names to their structures.
Fixes: 875138f81d ("dsa: Move tagger name into its ops structure")
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@dlink.ru>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is possible to stack multiple DSA switches in a way that they are not
part of the tree (disjoint) but the DSA master of a switch is a DSA
slave of another. When that happens switch drivers may have to know this
is the case so as to determine whether their tagging protocol has a
remove chance of working.
This is useful for specific switch drivers such as b53 where devices
have been known to be stacked in the wild without the Broadcom tag
protocol supporting that feature. This allows b53 to continue supporting
those devices by forcing the disabling of Broadcom tags on the outermost
switches if necessary.
The get_tag_protocol() function is therefore updated to gain an
additional enum dsa_tag_protocol argument which denotes the current
tagging protocol used by the DSA master we are attached to, else
DSA_TAG_PROTO_NONE for the top of the dsa_switch_tree.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA drivers that implement .phylink_mac_link_state should normally
register an interrupt for the PCS, from which they should call
phylink_mac_change(). However not all switches implement this, and those
who don't should set this flag in dsa_switch in the .setup callback, so
that PHYLINK will poll for a few ms until the in-band AN link timer
expires and the PCS state settles.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a cosmetic patch that makes the dp, tx_vid, queue_mapping and
pcp local variable definitions a bit closer in length, so they don't
look like an eyesore as much.
The 'ds' variable is not used otherwise, except for ds->dp.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are 3 things that are wrong with the DSA deferred xmit mechanism:
1. Its introduction has made the DSA hotpath ever so slightly more
inefficient for everybody, since DSA_SKB_CB(skb)->deferred_xmit needs
to be initialized to false for every transmitted frame, in order to
figure out whether the driver requested deferral or not (a very rare
occasion, rare even for the only driver that does use this mechanism:
sja1105). That was necessary to avoid kfree_skb from freeing the skb.
2. Because L2 PTP is a link-local protocol like STP, it requires
management routes and deferred xmit with this switch. But as opposed
to STP, the deferred work mechanism needs to schedule the packet
rather quickly for the TX timstamp to be collected in time and sent
to user space. But there is no provision for controlling the
scheduling priority of this deferred xmit workqueue. Too bad this is
a rather specific requirement for a feature that nobody else uses
(more below).
3. Perhaps most importantly, it makes the DSA core adhere a bit too
much to the NXP company-wide policy "Innovate Where It Doesn't
Matter". The sja1105 is probably the only DSA switch that requires
some frames sent from the CPU to be routed to the slave port via an
out-of-band configuration (register write) rather than in-band (DSA
tag). And there are indeed very good reasons to not want to do that:
if that out-of-band register is at the other end of a slow bus such
as SPI, then you limit that Ethernet flow's throughput to effectively
the throughput of the SPI bus. So hardware vendors should definitely
not be encouraged to design this way. We do _not_ want more
widespread use of this mechanism.
Luckily we have a solution for each of the 3 issues:
For 1, we can just remove that variable in the skb->cb and counteract
the effect of kfree_skb with skb_get, much to the same effect. The
advantage, of course, being that anybody who doesn't use deferred xmit
doesn't need to do any extra operation in the hotpath.
For 2, we can create a kernel thread for each port's deferred xmit work.
If the user switch ports are named swp0, swp1, swp2, the kernel threads
will be named swp0_xmit, swp1_xmit, swp2_xmit (there appears to be a 15
character length limit on kernel thread names). With this, the user can
change the scheduling priority with chrt $(pidof swp2_xmit).
For 3, we can actually move the entire implementation to the sja1105
driver.
So this patch deletes the generic implementation from the DSA core and
adds a new one, more adequate to the requirements of PTP TX
timestamping, in sja1105_main.c.
Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is possible to kill PTP on a DSA switch completely and absolutely,
until a reboot, with a simple command:
tcpdump -i eth2 -j adapter_unsynced
where eth2 is the switch's DSA master.
Why? Well, in short, the PTP API in place today is a bit rudimentary and
relies on applications to retrieve the TX timestamps by polling the
error queue and looking at the cmsg structure. But there is no timestamp
identification of any sorts (except whether it's HW or SW), you don't
know how many more timestamps are there to come, which one is this one,
from whom it is, etc. In other words, the SO_TIMESTAMPING API is
fundamentally limited in that you can get a single HW timestamp from the
stack.
And the "-j adapter_unsynced" flag of tcpdump enables hardware
timestamping.
So let's imagine what happens when the DSA master decides it wants to
deliver TX timestamps to the skb's socket too:
- The timestamp that the user space sees is taken by the DSA master.
Whereas the RX timestamp will eventually be overwritten by the DSA
switch. So the RX and TX timestamps will be in different time bases
(aka garbage).
- The user space applications have no way to deal with the second (real)
TX timestamp finally delivered by the DSA switch, or even to know to
wait for it.
Take ptp4l from the linuxptp project, for example. This is its behavior
after running tcpdump, before the patch:
ptp4l[172]: [6469.594] Unexpected data on socket err queue:
ptp4l[172]: [6469.693] rms 8 max 16 freq -21257 +/- 11 delay 748 +/- 0
ptp4l[172]: [6469.711] Unexpected data on socket err queue:
ptp4l[172]: 0020 00 00 00 1f 7b ff fe 63 02 48 00 03 aa 05 00 fd
ptp4l[172]: 0030 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
ptp4l[172]: [6469.721] Unexpected data on socket err queue:
ptp4l[172]: 0000 01 80 c2 00 00 0e 00 1f 7b 63 02 48 88 f7 10 02
ptp4l[172]: 0010 00 2c 00 00 02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
ptp4l[172]: 0020 00 00 00 1f 7b ff fe 63 02 48 00 01 c6 b1 00 fd
ptp4l[172]: 0030 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
ptp4l[172]: [6469.838] Unexpected data on socket err queue:
ptp4l[172]: 0000 01 80 c2 00 00 0e 00 1f 7b 63 02 48 88 f7 10 02
ptp4l[172]: 0010 00 2c 00 00 02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
ptp4l[172]: 0020 00 00 00 1f 7b ff fe 63 02 48 00 03 aa 06 00 fd
ptp4l[172]: 0030 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
ptp4l[172]: [6469.848] Unexpected data on socket err queue:
ptp4l[172]: 0000 01 80 c2 00 00 0e 00 1f 7b 63 02 48 88 f7 13 02
ptp4l[172]: 0010 00 36 00 00 02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
ptp4l[172]: 0020 00 00 00 1f 7b ff fe 63 02 48 00 04 1a 45 05 7f
ptp4l[172]: 0030 00 00 5e 05 41 32 27 c2 1a 68 00 04 9f ff fe 05
ptp4l[172]: 0040 de 06 00 01
ptp4l[172]: [6469.855] Unexpected data on socket err queue:
ptp4l[172]: 0000 01 80 c2 00 00 0e 00 1f 7b 63 02 48 88 f7 10 02
ptp4l[172]: 0010 00 2c 00 00 02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
ptp4l[172]: 0020 00 00 00 1f 7b ff fe 63 02 48 00 01 c6 b2 00 fd
ptp4l[172]: 0030 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
ptp4l[172]: [6469.974] Unexpected data on socket err queue:
ptp4l[172]: 0000 01 80 c2 00 00 0e 00 1f 7b 63 02 48 88 f7 10 02
ptp4l[172]: 0010 00 2c 00 00 02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
ptp4l[172]: 0020 00 00 00 1f 7b ff fe 63 02 48 00 03 aa 07 00 fd
ptp4l[172]: 0030 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
The ptp4l program itself is heavily patched to show this (more details
here [0]). Otherwise, by default it just hangs.
On the other hand, with the DSA patch to disallow HW timestamping
applied:
tcpdump -i eth2 -j adapter_unsynced
tcpdump: SIOCSHWTSTAMP failed: Device or resource busy
So it is a fact of life that PTP timestamping on the DSA master is
incompatible with timestamping on the switch MAC, at least with the
current API. And if the switch supports PTP, taking the timestamps from
the switch MAC is highly preferable anyway, due to the fact that those
don't contain the queuing latencies of the switch. So just disallow PTP
on the DSA master if there is any PTP-capable switch attached.
[0]: https://sourceforge.net/p/linuxptp/mailman/message/36880648/
Fixes: 0336369d3a ("net: dsa: forward hardware timestamping ioctls to switch driver")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove special taglen define KSZ8795_INGRESS_TAG_LEN
and use generic KSZ_INGRESS_TAG_LEN instead.
Signed-off-by: Michael Grzeschik <m.grzeschik@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for tag format used in Atheros AR9331 built-in switch.
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dsa_link_touch() is not exported, or defined outside of the
file it is in so make it static to avoid the following warning:
net/dsa/dsa2.c:127:17: warning: symbol 'dsa_link_touch' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Ben Dooks (Codethink) <ben.dooks@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 77373d49de ("net: dsa: Move the phylink driver calls into
port.c") moved and exported a bunch of symbols, but they are not used
outside of net/dsa/port.c at the moment, so no reason to export them.
Reported-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Acked-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename the mac_link_state() method to mac_pcs_get_state() to make it
clear that it should be returning the MACs PCS current state, which
is used for inband negotiation rather than just reading back what the
MAC has been configured for. Update the documentation to explicitly
mention that this is for inband.
We drop the return value as well; most of phylink doesn't check the
return value and it is not clear what it should do on error - instead
arrange for state->link to be false.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
This patch is to reuse ocelot functions as possible to enable PTP
clock and to support hardware timestamping on Felix.
On TX path, timestamping works on packet which requires timestamp.
The injection header will be configured accordingly, and skb clone
requires timestamp will be added into a list. The TX timestamp
is final handled in threaded interrupt handler when PTP timestamp
FIFO is ready.
On RX path, timestamping is always working. The RX timestamp could
be got from extraction header.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This sequence of operations:
ip link set dev br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
bridge vlan del dev swp2 vid 1
ip link set dev br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ip link set dev br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 0
apparently fails with the message:
[ 31.305716] sja1105 spi0.1: Reset switch and programmed static config. Reason: VLAN filtering
[ 31.322161] sja1105 spi0.1: Couldn't determine PVID attributes (pvid 0)
[ 31.328939] sja1105 spi0.1: Failed to setup VLAN tagging for port 1: -2
[ 31.335599] ------------[ cut here ]------------
[ 31.340215] WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 194 at net/switchdev/switchdev.c:157 switchdev_port_attr_set_now+0x9c/0xa4
[ 31.349981] br0: Commit of attribute (id=6) failed.
[ 31.354890] Modules linked in:
[ 31.357942] CPU: 1 PID: 194 Comm: ip Not tainted 5.4.0-rc6-01792-gf4f632e07665-dirty #2062
[ 31.366167] Hardware name: Freescale LS1021A
[ 31.370437] [<c03144dc>] (unwind_backtrace) from [<c030e184>] (show_stack+0x10/0x14)
[ 31.378153] [<c030e184>] (show_stack) from [<c11d1c1c>] (dump_stack+0xe0/0x10c)
[ 31.385437] [<c11d1c1c>] (dump_stack) from [<c034c730>] (__warn+0xf4/0x10c)
[ 31.392373] [<c034c730>] (__warn) from [<c034c7bc>] (warn_slowpath_fmt+0x74/0xb8)
[ 31.399827] [<c034c7bc>] (warn_slowpath_fmt) from [<c11ca204>] (switchdev_port_attr_set_now+0x9c/0xa4)
[ 31.409097] [<c11ca204>] (switchdev_port_attr_set_now) from [<c117036c>] (__br_vlan_filter_toggle+0x6c/0x118)
[ 31.418971] [<c117036c>] (__br_vlan_filter_toggle) from [<c115d010>] (br_changelink+0xf8/0x518)
[ 31.427637] [<c115d010>] (br_changelink) from [<c0f8e9ec>] (__rtnl_newlink+0x3f4/0x76c)
[ 31.435613] [<c0f8e9ec>] (__rtnl_newlink) from [<c0f8eda8>] (rtnl_newlink+0x44/0x60)
[ 31.443329] [<c0f8eda8>] (rtnl_newlink) from [<c0f89f20>] (rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x2cc/0x51c)
[ 31.451477] [<c0f89f20>] (rtnetlink_rcv_msg) from [<c1008df8>] (netlink_rcv_skb+0xb8/0x110)
[ 31.459796] [<c1008df8>] (netlink_rcv_skb) from [<c1008648>] (netlink_unicast+0x17c/0x1f8)
[ 31.468026] [<c1008648>] (netlink_unicast) from [<c1008980>] (netlink_sendmsg+0x2bc/0x3b4)
[ 31.476261] [<c1008980>] (netlink_sendmsg) from [<c0f43858>] (___sys_sendmsg+0x230/0x250)
[ 31.484408] [<c0f43858>] (___sys_sendmsg) from [<c0f44c84>] (__sys_sendmsg+0x50/0x8c)
[ 31.492209] [<c0f44c84>] (__sys_sendmsg) from [<c0301000>] (ret_fast_syscall+0x0/0x28)
[ 31.500090] Exception stack(0xedf47fa8 to 0xedf47ff0)
[ 31.505122] 7fa0: 00000002 b6f2e060 00000003 beabd6a4 00000000 00000000
[ 31.513265] 7fc0: 00000002 b6f2e060 5d6e3213 00000128 00000000 00000001 00000006 000619c4
[ 31.521405] 7fe0: 00086078 beabd658 0005edbc b6e7ce68
The reason is the implementation of br_get_pvid:
static inline u16 br_get_pvid(const struct net_bridge_vlan_group *vg)
{
if (!vg)
return 0;
smp_rmb();
return vg->pvid;
}
Since VID 0 is an invalid pvid from the bridge's point of view, let's
add this check in dsa_8021q_restore_pvid to avoid restoring a pvid that
doesn't really exist.
Fixes: 5f33183b7f ("net: dsa: tag_8021q: Restore bridge VLANs when enabling vlan_filtering")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While it is entirely possible that this tagger format is in fact more
generic than just these 2 switch families, I don't have that knowledge.
The Seville switch in NXP T1040 has a similar frame format, but there
are enough differences (e.g. DEST field starts at bit 57 instead of 56)
that calling this file tag_vitesse.c is a bit of a stretch at the
moment. The frame format has been listed in a comment so that people who
add support for further Vitesse switches can rework this tagger while
keeping compatibility with Felix.
The "ocelot" name was chosen instead of "felix" because even the Ocelot
switch can act as a DSA device when it is used in NPI mode, and the Felix
tagger format is almost identical. Currently it is only used for the
Felix switch embedded in the NXP LS1028A chip.
The ABI for this tagger should be considered "not stable" at the moment.
The DSA tag is always placed before the Ethernet header and therefore,
we are using the long prefix for RX tags to avoid putting the DSA master
port in promiscuous mode. Once there will be an API in DSA for drivers
to request DSA masters to be in promiscuous mode unconditionally, we
will switch to the "no prefix" extraction frame header, which will save
16 padding bytes for each RX frame.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is possible for a switch driver to use NET_DSA_TAG_8021Q as a valid
DSA tagging protocol since it registers itself as such, unfortunately
since there are not xmit or rcv functions provided, the lack of a xmit()
function will lead to a NPD in dsa_slave_xmit() to start with.
net/dsa/tag_8021q.c is only comprised of a set of helper functions at
the moment, but is not a fully autonomous or functional tagging "driver"
(though it could become later on). We do not have any users of
NET_DSA_TAG_8021Q so now is a good time to make sure there are not
issues being encountered by making this file strictly a place holder for
helper functions.
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add wrappers around the devlink resource API, so that DSA drivers can
register and unregister devlink resources.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The order in which the ports are deleted from the list and freed and the
call to dsa_switch_remove() is done is reversed, which leads to an
use after free condition. Reverse the two: first tear down the ports and
switch from the fabric, then free the ports associated with that switch
fabric.
Fixes: 05f294a852 ("net: dsa: allocate ports on touch")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before this change of_get_phy_mode() returned an enum,
phy_interface_t. On error, -ENODEV etc, is returned. If the result of
the function is stored in a variable of type phy_interface_t, and the
compiler has decided to represent this as an unsigned int, comparision
with -ENODEV etc, is a signed vs unsigned comparision.
Fix this problem by changing the API. Make the function return an
error, or 0 on success, and pass a pointer, of type phy_interface_t,
where the phy mode should be stored.
v2:
Return with *interface set to PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NA on error.
Add error checks to all users of of_get_phy_mode()
Fixup a few reverse christmas tree errors
Fixup a few slightly malformed reverse christmas trees
v3:
Fix 0-day reported errors.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only slightly tricky merge conflict was the netdevsim because the
mutex locking fix overlapped a lot of driver reload reorganization.
The rest were (relatively) trivial in nature.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that there's no restriction from the DSA core side regarding
the switch IDs and port numbers, only tag_8021q which is currently
reserving 3 bits for the switch ID and 4 bits for the port number, has
limitation for these values. Update their descriptions to reflect that.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because there is no static array describing the links between switches
anymore, we have no reason to force a limitation of the index value
set by the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA fabric setup code has been simplified a lot so get rid of
the dsa_tree_remove_switch, dsa_tree_add_switch and dsa_switch_add
helpers, and keep the code simple with only the dsa_switch_probe and
dsa_switch_remove functions.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the DSA ports are listed in the switch fabric, there is
no need to store the dsa_switch structures from the drivers in the
fabric anymore. So get rid of the dst->ds static array.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dsa_switch structure has no routing table specific data to setup,
so the switch fabric can directly walk its ports and initialize its
routing table from them.
This allows us to remove the dsa_switch_setup_routing_table function.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers do not use the ds->rtable static arrays anymore, get rid of it.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement a new list of DSA links in the switch fabric itself, to
provide an alterative to the ds->rtable static arrays.
At the same time, provide a new dsa_routing_port() helper to abstract
the usage of ds->rtable in drivers. If there's no port to reach a
given device, return the first invalid port, ds->num_ports. This avoids
potential signedness errors or the need to define special values.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds glue logic to make pause settings per port
configurable vie ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add plumbing to allow DSA drivers to register parameters with devlink.
To keep with the abstraction, the DSA drivers pass the ds structure to
these helpers, and the DSA core then translates that to the devlink
structure associated to the device.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently ds->dev is dereferenced on the assignments of pdata and
np before ds->dev is null checked, hence there is a potential null
pointer dereference on ds->dev. Fix this by assigning pdata and
np after the ds->dev null pointer sanity check.
Addresses-Coverity: ("Dereference before null check")
Fixes: 7e99e34701 ("net: dsa: remove dsa_switch_alloc helper")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some interface types could be nested.
(VLAN, BONDING, TEAM, MACSEC, MACVLAN, IPVLAN, VIRT_WIFI, VXLAN, etc..)
These interface types should set lockdep class because, without lockdep
class key, lockdep always warn about unexisting circular locking.
In the current code, these interfaces have their own lockdep class keys and
these manage itself. So that there are so many duplicate code around the
/driver/net and /net/.
This patch adds new generic lockdep keys and some helper functions for it.
This patch does below changes.
a) Add lockdep class keys in struct net_device
- qdisc_running, xmit, addr_list, qdisc_busylock
- these keys are used as dynamic lockdep key.
b) When net_device is being allocated, lockdep keys are registered.
- alloc_netdev_mqs()
c) When net_device is being free'd llockdep keys are unregistered.
- free_netdev()
d) Add generic lockdep key helper function
- netdev_register_lockdep_key()
- netdev_unregister_lockdep_key()
- netdev_update_lockdep_key()
e) Remove unnecessary generic lockdep macro and functions
f) Remove unnecessary lockdep code of each interfaces.
After this patch, each interface modules don't need to maintain
their lockdep keys.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that ports are dynamically listed in the fabric, there is no need
to provide a special helper to allocate the dsa_switch structure. This
will give more flexibility to drivers to embed this structure as they
wish in their private structure.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Allocate the struct dsa_port the first time it is accessed with
dsa_port_touch, and remove the static dsa_port array from the
dsa_switch structure.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Use the new ports list instead of iterating over switches and their
ports when setting up the default CPU port. Unassign it on teardown.
Now that we can iterate over multiple CPU ports, remove dst->cpu_dp.
At the same time, provide a better error message for CPU-less tree.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Use the new ports list instead of iterating over switches and their
ports when looking up the first CPU port in the tree.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Now that we have a potential list of CPU ports, make use of it instead
of only configuring the master device of an unique CPU port.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Use the new ports list instead of iterating over switches and their
ports to find a port from a given node.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Use the new ports list instead of accessing the dsa_switch array
of ports when iterating over DSA ports of a switch to set up the
routing table.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Use the new ports list instead of iterating over switches and their
ports when setting up the switches and their ports.
At the same time, provide setup states and messages for ports and
switches as it is done for the trees.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Use the new ports list instead of iterating over switches and their
ports when looking for a slave device from a given master interface.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Add a list of switch ports within the switch fabric. This will help the
lookup of a port inside the whole fabric, and it is the first step
towards supporting multiple CPU ports, before deprecating the usage of
the unique dst->cpu_dp pointer.
In preparation for a future allocation of the dsa_port structures,
return -ENOMEM in case no structure is returned, even though this
error cannot be reached yet.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Do not let the drivers access the ds->ports static array directly
while there is a dsa_to_port helper for this purpose.
At the same time, un-const this helper since the SJA1105 driver
assigns the priv member of the returned dsa_port structure.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
If there are multiple switch trees on the device, only the last one
will be listed, because the arguments of list_add_tail are swapped.
Fixes: 83c0afaec7 ("net: dsa: Add new binding implementation")
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently this stack trace can be seen with CONFIG_DEBUG_ATOMIC_SLEEP=y:
[ 41.568348] BUG: sleeping function called from invalid context at kernel/locking/mutex.c:909
[ 41.576757] in_atomic(): 1, irqs_disabled(): 0, pid: 208, name: ptp4l
[ 41.583212] INFO: lockdep is turned off.
[ 41.587123] CPU: 1 PID: 208 Comm: ptp4l Not tainted 5.3.0-rc6-01445-ge950f2d4bc7f-dirty #1827
[ 41.599873] [<c0313d7c>] (unwind_backtrace) from [<c030e13c>] (show_stack+0x10/0x14)
[ 41.607584] [<c030e13c>] (show_stack) from [<c1212d50>] (dump_stack+0xd4/0x100)
[ 41.614863] [<c1212d50>] (dump_stack) from [<c037dfc8>] (___might_sleep+0x1c8/0x2b4)
[ 41.622574] [<c037dfc8>] (___might_sleep) from [<c122ea90>] (__mutex_lock+0x48/0xab8)
[ 41.630368] [<c122ea90>] (__mutex_lock) from [<c122f51c>] (mutex_lock_nested+0x1c/0x24)
[ 41.638340] [<c122f51c>] (mutex_lock_nested) from [<c0c6fe08>] (sja1105_static_config_reload+0x30/0x27c)
[ 41.647779] [<c0c6fe08>] (sja1105_static_config_reload) from [<c0c7015c>] (sja1105_hwtstamp_set+0x108/0x1cc)
[ 41.657562] [<c0c7015c>] (sja1105_hwtstamp_set) from [<c0feb650>] (dev_ifsioc+0x18c/0x330)
[ 41.665788] [<c0feb650>] (dev_ifsioc) from [<c0febbd8>] (dev_ioctl+0x320/0x6e8)
[ 41.673064] [<c0febbd8>] (dev_ioctl) from [<c0f8b1f4>] (sock_ioctl+0x334/0x5e8)
[ 41.680340] [<c0f8b1f4>] (sock_ioctl) from [<c05404a8>] (do_vfs_ioctl+0xb0/0xa10)
[ 41.687789] [<c05404a8>] (do_vfs_ioctl) from [<c0540e3c>] (ksys_ioctl+0x34/0x58)
[ 41.695151] [<c0540e3c>] (ksys_ioctl) from [<c0301000>] (ret_fast_syscall+0x0/0x28)
[ 41.702768] Exception stack(0xe8495fa8 to 0xe8495ff0)
[ 41.707796] 5fa0: beff4a8c 00000001 00000011 000089b0 beff4a8c beff4a80
[ 41.715933] 5fc0: beff4a8c 00000001 0000000c 00000036 b6fa98c8 004e19c1 00000001 00000000
[ 41.724069] 5fe0: 004dcedc beff4a6c 004c0738 b6e7af4c
[ 41.729860] BUG: scheduling while atomic: ptp4l/208/0x00000002
[ 41.735682] INFO: lockdep is turned off.
Enabling RX timestamping will logically disturb the fastpath (processing
of meta frames). Replace bool hwts_rx_en with a bit that is checked
atomically from the fastpath and temporarily unset from the sleepable
context during a change of the RX timestamping process (a destructive
operation anyways, requires switch reset).
If found unset, the fastpath (net/dsa/tag_sja1105.c) will just drop any
received meta frame and not take the meta_lock at all.
Fixes: a602afd200 ("net: dsa: sja1105: Expose PTP timestamping ioctls to userspace")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a preparation patch for the tc-taprio offload (and potentially
for other future offloads such as tc-mqprio).
Instead of looking directly at skb->priority during xmit, let's get the
netdev queue and the queue-to-traffic-class mapping, and put the
resulting traffic class into the dsa_8021q PCP field. The switch is
configured with a 1-to-1 PCP-to-ingress-queue-to-egress-queue mapping
(see vlan_pmap in sja1105_main.c), so the effect is that we can inject
into a front-panel's egress traffic class through VLAN tagging from
Linux, completely transparently.
Unfortunately the switch doesn't look at the VLAN PCP in the case of
management traffic to/from the CPU (link-local frames at
01-80-C2-xx-xx-xx or 01-1B-19-xx-xx-xx) so we can't alter the
transmission queue of this type of traffic on a frame-by-frame basis. It
is only selected through the "hostprio" setting which ATM is harcoded in
the driver to 7.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA currently handles shared block filters (for the classifier-action
qdisc) in the core due to what I believe are simply pragmatic reasons -
hiding the complexity from drivers and offerring a simple API for port
mirroring.
Extend the dsa_slave_setup_tc function by passing all other qdisc
offloads to the driver layer, where the driver may choose what it
implements and how. DSA is simply a pass-through in this case.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA core, DSA taggers and DSA drivers all make use of
module_init(). Hence they get initialised at device_initcall() time.
The ordering is non-deterministic. It can be a DSA driver is bound to
a device before the needed tag driver has been initialised, resulting
in the message:
No tagger for this switch
Rather than have this be fatal, return -EPROBE_DEFER so that it is
tried again later once all the needed drivers have been loaded.
Fixes: d3b8c04988 ("dsa: Add boilerplate helper to register DSA tag driver modules")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the superfluous NET_DSA_TAG_KSZ_COMMON and just use the existing
NET_DSA_TAG_KSZ. Update the description to mention the three switch
families it supports. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: George McCollister <george.mccollister@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a function such as dsa_slave_create fails, currently the following
stack trace can be seen:
[ 2.038342] sja1105 spi0.1: Probed switch chip: SJA1105T
[ 2.054556] sja1105 spi0.1: Reset switch and programmed static config
[ 2.063837] sja1105 spi0.1: Enabled switch tagging
[ 2.068706] fsl-gianfar soc:ethernet@2d90000 eth2: error -19 setting up slave phy
[ 2.076371] ------------[ cut here ]------------
[ 2.080973] WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 21 at net/core/devlink.c:6184 devlink_free+0x1b4/0x1c0
[ 2.088954] Modules linked in:
[ 2.092005] CPU: 1 PID: 21 Comm: kworker/1:1 Not tainted 5.3.0-rc6-01360-g41b52e38d2b6-dirty #1746
[ 2.100912] Hardware name: Freescale LS1021A
[ 2.105162] Workqueue: events deferred_probe_work_func
[ 2.110287] [<c03133a4>] (unwind_backtrace) from [<c030d8cc>] (show_stack+0x10/0x14)
[ 2.117992] [<c030d8cc>] (show_stack) from [<c10b08d8>] (dump_stack+0xb4/0xc8)
[ 2.125180] [<c10b08d8>] (dump_stack) from [<c0349d04>] (__warn+0xe0/0xf8)
[ 2.132018] [<c0349d04>] (__warn) from [<c0349e34>] (warn_slowpath_null+0x40/0x48)
[ 2.139549] [<c0349e34>] (warn_slowpath_null) from [<c0f19d74>] (devlink_free+0x1b4/0x1c0)
[ 2.147772] [<c0f19d74>] (devlink_free) from [<c1064fc0>] (dsa_switch_teardown+0x60/0x6c)
[ 2.155907] [<c1064fc0>] (dsa_switch_teardown) from [<c1065950>] (dsa_register_switch+0x8e4/0xaa8)
[ 2.164821] [<c1065950>] (dsa_register_switch) from [<c0ba7fe4>] (sja1105_probe+0x21c/0x2ec)
[ 2.173216] [<c0ba7fe4>] (sja1105_probe) from [<c0b35948>] (spi_drv_probe+0x80/0xa4)
[ 2.180920] [<c0b35948>] (spi_drv_probe) from [<c0a4c1cc>] (really_probe+0x108/0x400)
[ 2.188711] [<c0a4c1cc>] (really_probe) from [<c0a4c694>] (driver_probe_device+0x78/0x1bc)
[ 2.196933] [<c0a4c694>] (driver_probe_device) from [<c0a4a3dc>] (bus_for_each_drv+0x58/0xb8)
[ 2.205414] [<c0a4a3dc>] (bus_for_each_drv) from [<c0a4c024>] (__device_attach+0xd0/0x168)
[ 2.213637] [<c0a4c024>] (__device_attach) from [<c0a4b1d0>] (bus_probe_device+0x84/0x8c)
[ 2.221772] [<c0a4b1d0>] (bus_probe_device) from [<c0a4b72c>] (deferred_probe_work_func+0x84/0xc4)
[ 2.230686] [<c0a4b72c>] (deferred_probe_work_func) from [<c03650a4>] (process_one_work+0x218/0x510)
[ 2.239772] [<c03650a4>] (process_one_work) from [<c03660d8>] (worker_thread+0x2a8/0x5c0)
[ 2.247908] [<c03660d8>] (worker_thread) from [<c036b348>] (kthread+0x148/0x150)
[ 2.255265] [<c036b348>] (kthread) from [<c03010e8>] (ret_from_fork+0x14/0x2c)
[ 2.262444] Exception stack(0xea965fb0 to 0xea965ff8)
[ 2.267466] 5fa0: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
[ 2.275598] 5fc0: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
[ 2.283729] 5fe0: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000013 00000000
[ 2.290333] ---[ end trace ca5d506728a0581a ]---
devlink_free is complaining right here:
WARN_ON(!list_empty(&devlink->port_list));
This happens because devlink_port_unregister is no longer done right
away in dsa_port_setup when a DSA_PORT_TYPE_USER has failed.
Vivien said about this change that:
Also no need to call devlink_port_unregister from within dsa_port_setup
as this step is inconditionally handled by dsa_port_teardown on error.
which is not really true. The devlink_port_unregister function _is_
being called unconditionally from within dsa_port_setup, but not for
this port that just failed, just for the previous ones which were set
up.
ports_teardown:
for (i = 0; i < port; i++)
dsa_port_teardown(&ds->ports[i]);
Initially I was tempted to fix this by extending the "for" loop to also
cover the port that failed during setup. But this could have potentially
unforeseen consequences unrelated to devlink_port or even other types of
ports than user ports, which I can't really test for. For example, if
for some reason devlink_port_register itself would fail, then
unconditionally unregistering it in dsa_port_teardown would not be a
smart idea. The list might go on.
So just make dsa_port_setup undo the setup it had done upon failure, and
let the for loop undo the work of setting up the previous ports, which
are guaranteed to be brought up to a consistent state.
Fixes: 955222ca52 ("net: dsa: use a single switch statement for port setup")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bridge core assumes that enabling/disabling vlan_filtering will
translate into the simple toggling of a flag for switchdev drivers.
That is clearly not the case for sja1105, which alters the VLAN table
and the pvids in order to obtain port separation in standalone mode.
There are 2 parts to the issue.
First, tag_8021q changes the pvid to a unique per-port rx_vid for frame
identification. But we need to disable tag_8021q when vlan_filtering
kicks in, and at that point, the VLAN configured as pvid will have to be
removed from the filtering table of the ports. With an invalid pvid, the
ports will drop all traffic. Since the bridge will not call any vlan
operation through switchdev after enabling vlan_filtering, we need to
ensure we're in a functional state ourselves. Hence read the pvid that
the bridge is aware of, and program that into our ports.
Secondly, tag_8021q uses the 1024-3071 range privately in
vlan_filtering=0 mode. Had the user installed one of these VLANs during
a previous vlan_filtering=1 session, then upon the next tag_8021q
cleanup for vlan_filtering to kick in again, VLANs in that range will
get deleted unconditionally, hence breaking user expectation. So when
deleting the VLANs, check if the bridge had knowledge about them, and if
it did, re-apply the settings. Wrap this logic inside a
dsa_8021q_vid_apply helper function to reduce code duplication.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When adding a VLAN sub-interface on a DSA slave port, the 8021q core
checks NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_FILTER and, if the netdev is capable of
filtering, calls .ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid or .ndo_vlan_rx_kill_vid to
configure the VLAN offloading.
DSA sets this up counter-intuitively: it always advertises this netdev
feature, but the underlying driver may not actually support VLAN table
manipulation. In that case, the DSA core is forced to ignore the error,
because not being able to offload the VLAN is still fine - and should
result in the creation of a non-accelerated VLAN sub-interface.
Change this so that the netdev feature is only advertised for switch
drivers that support VLAN manipulation, instead of checking for
-EOPNOTSUPP at runtime.
Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After witnessing the discussion in https://lkml.org/lkml/2019/8/14/151
w.r.t. ioctl extensibility, it became clear that such an issue might
prevent that the 3 RSV bits inside the DSA 802.1Q tag might also suffer
the same fate and be useless for further extension.
So clearly specify that the reserved bits should currently be
transmitted as zero and ignored on receive. The DSA tagger already does
this (and has always did), and is the only known user so far (no
Wireshark dissection plugin, etc). So there should be no incompatibility
to speak of.
Fixes: 0471dd429c ("net: dsa: tag_8021q: Create a stable binary format")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the bridge offloads a VLAN on a slave port, we also need to
program its dedicated CPU port as a member of the VLAN.
Drivers may handle the CPU port's membership as they want. For example,
Marvell as a special "Unmodified" mode to pass frames as is through
such ports.
Even though DSA expects the drivers to handle the CPU port membership,
it does not make sense to program user VLANs as PVID on the CPU port.
This patch clears this flag before programming the CPU port.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA currently programs a VLAN on the CPU port implicitly after the
related notifier is received by a switch.
While we still need to do this transparent programmation of the DSA
links in the fabric, programming the CPU port this way may cause
problems in some corners such as the tag_8021q driver.
Because the dedicated CPU port is specific to a slave, make their
programmation explicit a few layers up, in the slave code.
Note that technically, DSA links have a dedicated CPU port as well,
but since they are only used as conduit between interconnected switches
of a fabric, programming them transparently this way is what we want.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bridge VLANs are not offloaded by dsa_port_vlan_* if the port is
not bridged or if its bridge is not VLAN aware.
This is a good thing but other corners of DSA, such as the tag_8021q
driver, may need to program VLANs regardless the bridge state.
And also because bridge_dev is specific to user ports anyway, move
these checks were it belongs, one layer up in the slave code.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add dsa_slave_vlan_add and dsa_slave_vlan_del helpers to handle
SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN switchdev objects. Also copy the
switchdev_obj_port_vlan structure on add since we will modify it in
future patches.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently dsa_port_vid_add returns 0 if the switch returns -EOPNOTSUPP.
This function is used in the tag_8021q.c code to offload the PVID of
ports, which would simply not work if .port_vlan_add is not supported
by the underlying switch.
Do not skip -EOPNOTSUPP in dsa_port_vid_add but only when necessary,
that is to say in dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bitmap operations were introduced to simplify the switch drivers
in the future, since most of them could implement the common VLAN and
MDB operations (add, del, dump) with simple functions taking all target
ports at once, and thus limiting the number of hardware accesses.
Programming an MDB or VLAN this way in a single operation would clearly
simplify the drivers a lot but would require a new get-set interface
in DSA. The usage of such bitmap from the stack also raised concerned
in the past, leading to the dynamic allocation of a new ds->_bitmap
member in the dsa_switch structure. So let's get rid of them for now.
This commit nicely wraps the ds->ops->port_{mdb,vlan}_{prepare,add}
switch operations into new dsa_switch_{mdb,vlan}_{prepare,add}
variants not using any bitmap argument anymore.
New dsa_switch_{mdb,vlan}_match helpers have been introduced to make
clear which local port of a switch must be programmed with the target
object. While the targeted user port is an obvious candidate, the
DSA links must also be programmed, as well as the CPU port for VLANs.
While at it, also remove local variables that are only used once.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call the .port_enable and .port_disable functions for all ports,
not only the user ports, so that drivers may optimize the power
consumption of all ports after a successful setup.
Unused ports are now disabled on setup. CPU and DSA ports are now
enabled on setup and disabled on teardown. User ports were already
enabled at slave creation and disabled at slave destruction.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is currently difficult to read the different steps involved in the
setup and teardown of ports in the DSA code. Keep it simple with a
single switch statement for each port type: UNUSED, CPU, DSA, or USER.
Also no need to call devlink_port_unregister from within dsa_port_setup
as this step is inconditionally handled by dsa_port_teardown on error.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Supported PHY features are either auto-detected or explicitly set.
In both cases calling genphy_config_init isn't needed.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When RX timestamping is enabled and two link-local (non-meta) frames are
received in a row, this constitutes an error.
The tagger is always caching the last link-local frame, in an attempt to
merge it with the meta follow-up frame when that arrives. To recover
from the above error condition, the initial cached link-local frame is
dropped and the second frame in a row is cached (in expectance of the
second meta frame).
However, when dropping the initial link-local frame, its backing memory
was being leaked.
Fixes: f3097be21b ("net: dsa: sja1105: Add a state machine for RX timestamping")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After a meta frame is received, it is associated with the cached
sp->data->stampable_skb from the DSA tagger private structure.
Cached means its refcount is incremented with skb_get() in order for
dsa_switch_rcv() to not free it when the tagger .rcv returns NULL.
The mistake is that skb_unref() is not the correct function to use. It
will correctly decrement the refcount (which will go back to zero) but
the skb memory will not be freed. That is the job of kfree_skb(), which
also calls skb_unref().
But it turns out that freeing the cached stampable_skb is in fact not
necessary. It is still a perfectly valid skb, and now it is even
annotated with the partial RX timestamp. So remove the skb_copy()
altogether and simply pass the stampable_skb with a refcount of 1
(incremented by us, decremented by dsa_switch_rcv) up the stack.
Fixes: f3097be21b ("net: dsa: sja1105: Add a state machine for RX timestamping")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merge the CPU port registers dump into the master interface registers
dump through ethtool, by nesting the ethtool_drvinfo and ethtool_regs
structures of the CPU port into the dump.
drvinfo->regdump_len will contain the full data length, while regs->len
will contain only the master interface registers dump length.
This allows for example to dump the CPU port registers on a ZII Dev
C board like this:
# ethtool -d eth1
0x004: 0x00000000
0x008: 0x0a8000aa
0x010: 0x01000000
0x014: 0x00000000
0x024: 0xf0000102
0x040: 0x6d82c800
0x044: 0x00000020
0x064: 0x40000000
0x084: RCR (Receive Control Register) 0x47c00104
MAX_FL (Maximum frame length) 1984
FCE (Flow control enable) 0
BC_REJ (Broadcast frame reject) 0
PROM (Promiscuous mode) 0
DRT (Disable receive on transmit) 0
LOOP (Internal loopback) 0
0x0c4: TCR (Transmit Control Register) 0x00000004
RFC_PAUSE (Receive frame control pause) 0
TFC_PAUSE (Transmit frame control pause) 0
FDEN (Full duplex enable) 1
HBC (Heartbeat control) 0
GTS (Graceful transmit stop) 0
0x0e4: 0x76735d6d
0x0e8: 0x7e9e8808
0x0ec: 0x00010000
.
.
.
88E6352 Switch Port Registers
------------------------------
00: Port Status 0x4d04
Pause Enabled 0
My Pause 1
802.3 PHY Detected 0
Link Status Up
Duplex Full
Speed 100 or 200 Mbps
EEE Enabled 0
Transmitter Paused 0
Flow Control 0
Config Mode 0x4
01: Physical Control 0x003d
RGMII Receive Timing Control Default
RGMII Transmit Timing Control Default
200 BASE Mode 100
Flow Control's Forced value 0
Force Flow Control 0
Link's Forced value Up
Force Link 1
Duplex's Forced value Full
Force Duplex 1
Force Speed 100 or 200 Mbps
.
.
.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This Kconfig option is unused, drop it.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Cc: Tristram Ha <Tristram.Ha@microchip.com>
Cc: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Cc: Woojung Huh <woojung.huh@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add DSA tag code for Microchip KSZ8795 switch. The switch is simpler
and the tag is only 1 byte, instead of 2 as is the case with KSZ9477.
Signed-off-by: Tristram Ha <Tristram.Ha@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Cc: Tristram Ha <Tristram.Ha@microchip.com>
Cc: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Cc: Woojung Huh <woojung.huh@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This object stores the flow block callbacks that are attached to this
block. Update flow_block_cb_lookup() to take this new object.
This patch restores the block sharing feature.
Fixes: da3eeb904f ("net: flow_offload: add list handling functions")
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename this type definition and adapt users.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No need to annotate the netns on the flow block callback object,
flow_block_cb_is_busy() already checks for used blocks.
Fixes: d63db30c85 ("net: flow_offload: add flow_block_cb_alloc() and flow_block_cb_free()")
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the missing unlock before return from function sk_buff()
in the error handling case.
Fixes: f3097be21b ("net: dsa: sja1105: Add a state machine for RX timestamping")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for enabling or disabling the flooding of
unknown multicast traffic on the CPU ports, depending on the value
of the switchdev SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_MROUTER attribute.
The current behavior is kept unchanged but a user can now prevent
the CPU conduit to be flooded with a lot of unregistered traffic that
the network stack needs to filter in software with e.g.:
echo 0 > /sys/class/net/br0/multicast_router
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a function to check if flow block callback is already in
use. Call this new function from flow_block_cb_setup_simple() and from
drivers.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates flow_block_cb_setup_simple() to use the flow block API.
Several drivers are also adjusted to use it.
This patch introduces the per-driver list of flow blocks to account for
blocks that are already in use.
Remove tc_block_offload alias.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename from TCF_BLOCK_BINDER_TYPE_* to FLOW_BLOCK_BINDER_TYPE_* and
remove temporary tcf_block_binder_type alias.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename from TC_BLOCK_{UN}BIND to FLOW_BLOCK_{UN}BIND and remove
temporary tc_block_command alias.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get rid of the dsa_slave_switchdev_port_{attr_set,obj}_event functions
in favor of the switchdev_handle_port_{attr_set,obj_add,obj_del}
helpers which recurse into the lower devices of the target interface.
This has the benefit of being aware of the operations made on the
bridge device itself, where orig_dev is the bridge, and dev is the
slave. This can be used later to configure the hardware switches.
Only VLAN and (port) MDB objects not directly targeting the slave
device are unsupported at the moment, so skip this case in their
respective case statements.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The switchdev handle helpers make use of a device checking helper
requiring a const net_device. Make dsa_slave_dev_check compliant
to this.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current DSA code handling switchdev objects does not recurse into
the lower devices thus is never called with an orig_dev member being
a bridge device, hence remove this useless check.
At the same time, remove the comments about the callers, which is
unlikely to be updated if the code changes and thus will be confusing.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The packing facility is needed to decode Ethernet meta frames containing
source port and RX timestamping information.
The DSA driver selects CONFIG_PACKING, but the tagger did not, and since
taggers can be now compiled as modules independently from the drivers
themselves, this is an issue now, as CONFIG_PACKING is disabled by
default on all architectures.
Fixes: e53e18a6fe ("net: dsa: sja1105: Receive and decode meta frames")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> # build-tested
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to specifically deal with phylink_of_phy_connect() returning
-ENODEV, because this can happen when a CPU/DSA port does connect
neither to a PHY, nor has a fixed-link property. This is a valid use
case that is permitted by the binding and indicates to the switch:
auto-configure port with maximum capabilities.
Fixes: 0e27921816 ("net: dsa: Use PHYLINK for the CPU/DSA ports")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Meta frame reception relies on the hardware keeping its promise that it
will send no other traffic towards the CPU port between a link-local
frame and a meta frame. Otherwise there is no other way to associate
the meta frame with the link-local frame it's holding a timestamp of.
The receive function is made stateful, and buffers a timestampable frame
until its meta frame arrives, then merges the two, drops the meta and
releases the link-local frame up the stack.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support in the tagger for understanding the source port and
switch id of meta frames. Their timestamp is also extracted but not
used yet - this needs to be done in a state machine that modifies the
previously received timestampable frame - will be added in a follow-up
patch.
Also take the opportunity to:
- Remove a comment in sja1105_filter made obsolete by e8d67fa569
("net: dsa: sja1105: Don't store frame type in skb->cb")
- Reorder the checks in sja1105_filter to optimize for the most likely
scenario first: regular traffic.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Although meta frames are configured to be sent at SJA1105_META_DMAC
(01-80-C2-00-00-0E) which is a multicast MAC address that would also be
trapped by the switch to the CPU, were it to receive it on a front-panel
port, meta frames are conceptually not link-local frames, they only
carry their RX timestamps.
The choice of sending meta frames at a multicast DMAC is a pragmatic
one, to avoid installing an extra entry to the DSA master port's
multicast MAC filter.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Meta frames are sent on the CPU port by the switch if RX timestamping is
enabled. They contain a partial timestamp of the previous frame.
They are Ethernet frames with the Ethernet header constructed out of:
- SJA1105_META_DMAC
- SJA1105_META_SMAC
- ETH_P_SJA1105_META
The Ethernet payload will be decoded in a follow-up patch.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The incl_srcpt setting makes the switch mangle the destination MACs of
multicast frames trapped to the CPU - a primitive tagging mechanism that
works even when we cannot use the 802.1Q software features.
The downside is that the two multicast MAC addresses that the switch
traps for L2 PTP (01-80-C2-00-00-0E and 01-1B-19-00-00-00) quickly turn
into a lot more, as the switch encodes the source port and switch id
into bytes 3 and 4 of the MAC. The resulting range of MAC addresses
would need to be installed manually into the DSA master port's multicast
MAC filter, and even then, most devices might not have a large enough
MAC filtering table.
As a result, only limit use of incl_srcpt to when it's strictly
necessary: when under a VLAN filtering bridge. This fixes PTP in
non-bridged mode (standalone ports). Otherwise, PTP frames, as well as
metadata follow-up frames holding RX timestamps won't be received
because they will be blocked by the master port's MAC filter.
Linuxptp doesn't help, because it only requests the addition of the
unmodified PTP MACs to the multicast filter.
This issue is not seen in bridged mode because the master port is put in
promiscuous mode when the slave ports are enslaved to a bridge.
Therefore, there is no downside to having the incl_srcpt mechanism
active there.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This removes the existing implementation from tag_sja1105, which was
partially incorrect (it was not changing the MAC header offset, thereby
leaving it to point 4 bytes earlier than it should have).
This overwrites the VLAN tag by moving the Ethernet source and
destination MACs 4 bytes to the right. Then skb->data (assumed to be
pointing immediately after the EtherType) is temporarily pushed to the
beginning of the new Ethernet header, the new Ethernet header offset and
length are recorded, then skb->data is moved back to where it was.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is helpful for e.g. draining per-driver (not per-port) tagger
queues.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For drivers that use deferred_xmit for PTP frames (such as sja1105),
there is no need to perform matching between PTP frames and their egress
timestamps, since the sending process can be serialized.
In that case, it makes sense to have the pointer to the skb clone that
DSA made directly in the skb->cb. It will be used for pushing the egress
timestamp back in the application socket's error queue.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some ISDN files that got removed in net-next had some changes
done in mainline, take the removals.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Free AF_PACKET po->rollover properly, from Willem de Bruijn.
2) Read SFP eeprom in max 16 byte increments to avoid problems with
some SFP modules, from Russell King.
3) Fix UDP socket lookup wrt. VRF, from Tim Beale.
4) Handle route invalidation properly in s390 qeth driver, from Julian
Wiedmann.
5) Memory leak on unload in RDS, from Zhu Yanjun.
6) sctp_process_init leak, from Neil HOrman.
7) Fix fib_rules rule insertion semantic change that broke Android,
from Hangbin Liu.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (33 commits)
pktgen: do not sleep with the thread lock held.
net: mvpp2: Use strscpy to handle stat strings
net: rds: fix memory leak in rds_ib_flush_mr_pool
ipv6: fix EFAULT on sendto with icmpv6 and hdrincl
ipv6: use READ_ONCE() for inet->hdrincl as in ipv4
Revert "fib_rules: return 0 directly if an exactly same rule exists when NLM_F_EXCL not supplied"
net: aquantia: fix wol configuration not applied sometimes
ethtool: fix potential userspace buffer overflow
Fix memory leak in sctp_process_init
net: rds: fix memory leak when unload rds_rdma
ipv6: fix the check before getting the cookie in rt6_get_cookie
ipv4: not do cache for local delivery if bc_forwarding is enabled
s390/qeth: handle error when updating TX queue count
s390/qeth: fix VLAN attribute in bridge_hostnotify udev event
s390/qeth: check dst entry before use
s390/qeth: handle limited IPv4 broadcast in L3 TX path
net: fix indirect calls helpers for ptype list hooks.
net: ipvlan: Fix ipvlan device tso disabled while NETIF_F_IP_CSUM is set
udp: only choose unbound UDP socket for multicast when not in a VRF
net/tls: replace the sleeping lock around RX resync with a bit lock
...
Due to a confusion I thought that eth_type_trans() was called by the
network stack whereas it can actually be called by network drivers to
figure out the skb protocol and next packet_type handlers.
In light of the above, it is not safe to store the frame type from the
DSA tagger's .filter callback (first entry point on RX path), since GRO
is yet to be invoked on the received traffic. Hence it is very likely
that the skb->cb will actually get overwritten between eth_type_trans()
and the actual DSA packet_type handler.
Of course, what this patch fixes is the actual overwriting of the
SJA1105_SKB_CB(skb)->type field from the GRO layer, which made all
frames be seen as SJA1105_FRAME_TYPE_NORMAL (0).
Fixes: 227d07a07e ("net: dsa: sja1105: Add support for traffic through standalone ports")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The phylink conflict was between a bug fix by Russell King
to make sure we have a consistent PHY interface mode, and
a change in net-next to pull some code in phylink_resolve()
into the helper functions phylink_mac_link_{up,down}()
On the dp83867 side it's mostly overlapping changes, with
the 'net' side removing a condition that was supposed to
trigger for RGMII but because of how it was coded never
actually could trigger.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Here is another set of reviewed patches that adds SPDX tags to different
kernel files, based on a set of rules that are being used to parse the
comments to try to determine that the license of the file is
"GPL-2.0-or-later" or "GPL-2.0-only". Only the "obvious" versions of
these matches are included here, a number of "non-obvious" variants of
text have been found but those have been postponed for later review and
analysis.
There is also a patch in here to add the proper SPDX header to a bunch
of Kbuild files that we have missed in the past due to new files being
added and forgetting that Kbuild uses two different file names for
Makefiles. This issue was reported by the Kbuild maintainer.
These patches have been out for review on the linux-spdx@vger mailing
list, and while they were created by automatic tools, they were
hand-verified by a bunch of different people, all whom names are on the
patches are reviewers.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iG0EABECAC0WIQT0tgzFv3jCIUoxPcsxR9QN2y37KQUCXPCHLg8cZ3JlZ0Brcm9h
aC5jb20ACgkQMUfUDdst+ykxyACgql6ktH+Tv8Ho1747kKPiFca1Jq0AoK5HORXI
yB0DSTXYNjMtH41ypnsZ
=x2f8
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'spdx-5.2-rc3-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core
Pull yet more SPDX updates from Greg KH:
"Here is another set of reviewed patches that adds SPDX tags to
different kernel files, based on a set of rules that are being used to
parse the comments to try to determine that the license of the file is
"GPL-2.0-or-later" or "GPL-2.0-only". Only the "obvious" versions of
these matches are included here, a number of "non-obvious" variants of
text have been found but those have been postponed for later review
and analysis.
There is also a patch in here to add the proper SPDX header to a bunch
of Kbuild files that we have missed in the past due to new files being
added and forgetting that Kbuild uses two different file names for
Makefiles. This issue was reported by the Kbuild maintainer.
These patches have been out for review on the linux-spdx@vger mailing
list, and while they were created by automatic tools, they were
hand-verified by a bunch of different people, all whom names are on
the patches are reviewers"
* tag 'spdx-5.2-rc3-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core: (82 commits)
treewide: Add SPDX license identifier - Kbuild
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 225
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 224
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 223
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 222
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 221
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 220
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 218
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 217
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 216
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 215
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 214
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 213
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 211
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 210
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 209
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 207
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 206
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 203
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 201
...
In case a call to dsa_tree_setup() fails, an attempt to cleanup is made
by calling dsa_tree_remove_switch(), which should take care of
removing/unregistering any resources previously allocated. This does not
happen because it is conditioned by dst->setup being true, which is set
only after _all_ setup steps were performed successfully.
This is especially interesting when the internal MDIO bus is registered
but afterwards, a port setup fails and the mdiobus_unregister() is never
called. This leads to a BUG_ON() complaining about the fact that it's
trying to free an MDIO bus that's still registered.
Add proper error handling in all functions branching from
dsa_tree_setup().
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Reported-by: kernel test robot <rong.a.chen@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tools like tcpdump need to be able to decode the significance of fake
VLAN headers that DSA uses to separate switch ports.
But currently these have no global significance - they are simply an
ordered list of DSA_MAX_SWITCHES x DSA_MAX_PORTS numbers ending at 4095.
The reason why this is submitted as a fix is that the existing mapping
of VIDs should not enter into a stable kernel, so we can pretend that
only the new format exists. This way tcpdump won't need to try to make
something out of the VLAN tags on 5.2 kernels.
Fixes: f9bbe4477c ("net: dsa: Optional VLAN-based port separation for switches without tagging")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 802.1Q tagging performs an unbalanced setup in terms of RX VIDs on
the CPU port. For the ingress path of a 802.1Q switch to work, the RX
VID of a port needs to be seen as tagged egress on the CPU port.
While configuring the other front-panel ports to be part of this VID,
for bridge scenarios, the untagged flag is applied even on the CPU port
in dsa_switch_vlan_add. This happens because DSA applies the same flags
on the CPU port as on the (bridge-controlled) slave ports, and the
effect in this case is that the CPU port tagged settings get deleted.
Instead of fixing DSA by introducing a way to control VLAN flags on the
CPU port (and hence stop inheriting from the slave ports) - a hard,
perhaps intractable problem - avoid this situation by moving the setup
part of the RX VID on the CPU port after all the other front-panel ports
have been added to the VID.
Fixes: f9bbe4477c ("net: dsa: Optional VLAN-based port separation for switches without tagging")
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms of the gnu general public license as published by
the free software foundation either version 2 of the license or at
your option any later version
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-or-later
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 3029 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190527070032.746973796@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
For DSA switches that do not have an .adjust_link callback, aka those
who transitioned totally to the PHYLINK-compliant API, use PHYLINK to
drive the CPU/DSA ports.
The PHYLIB usage and .adjust_link are kept but deprecated, and users are
asked to transition from it. The reason why we can't do anything for
them is because PHYLINK does not wrap the fixed-link state behind a
phydev object, so we cannot wrap .phylink_mac_config into .adjust_link
unless we fabricate a phy_device structure.
For these ports, the newly introduced PHYLINK_DEV operation type is
used and the dsa_switch device structure is passed to PHYLINK for
printing purposes. The handling of the PHYLINK_NETDEV and PHYLINK_DEV
PHYLINK instances is common from the perspective of the driver.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to have a common handling of PHYLINK for the slave and non-user
ports, the DSA core glue logic (between PHYLINK and the driver) must use
an API that does not rely on a struct net_device.
These will also be called by the CPU-port-handling code in a further
patch.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Suggested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The phylink_config structure will encapsulate a pointer to a struct
device and the operation type requested for this instance of PHYLINK.
This patch does not make any functional changes, it just transitions the
PHYLINK internals and all its users to the new API.
A pointer to a phylink_config structure will be passed to
phylink_create() instead of the net_device directly. Also, the same
phylink_config pointer will be passed back to all phylink_mac_ops
callbacks instead of the net_device. Using this mechanism, a PHYLINK
user can get the original net_device using a structure such as
'to_net_dev(config->dev)' or directly the structure containing the
phylink_config using a container_of call.
At the moment, only the PHYLINK_NETDEV is defined as a valid operation
type for PHYLINK. In this mode, a valid reference to a struct device
linked to the original net_device should be passed to PHYLINK through
the phylink_config structure.
This API changes is mainly driven by the necessity of adding a new
operation type in PHYLINK that disconnects the phy_device from the
net_device and also works when the net_device is lacking.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Tested-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add SPDX license identifiers to all Make/Kconfig files which:
- Have no license information of any form
These files fall under the project license, GPL v2 only. The resulting SPDX
license identifier is:
GPL-2.0-only
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
The sk_buff control block can have any contents on xmit put there by the
stack, so initialization is mandatory, since we are checking its value
after the actual DSA xmit (the tagger may have changed it).
The DSA_SKB_ZERO() macro could have been used for this purpose, but:
- Zeroizing a 48-byte memory region in the hotpath is best avoided.
- It would have triggered a warning with newer compilers since
__dsa_skb_cb contains a structure within a structure, and the {0}
initializer was incorrect for that purpose.
So simply remove the DSA_SKB_ZERO() macro and initialize the
deferred_xmit variable by hand (which should be done for all further
dsa_skb_cb variables which need initialization - currently none - to
avoid the performance penalty).
Fixes: 97a69a0dea ("net: dsa: Add support for deferred xmit")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix gcc build error:
net/dsa/tag_brcm.c:211:16: error: brcm_prepend_netdev_ops undeclared here (not in a function); did you mean brcm_netdev_ops?
DSA_TAG_DRIVER(brcm_prepend_netdev_ops);
^
./include/net/dsa.h:708:10: note: in definition of macro DSA_TAG_DRIVER
.ops = &__ops, \
^~~~~
./include/net/dsa.h:701:36: warning: dsa_tag_driver_brcm_prepend_netdev_ops defined but not used [-Wunused-variable]
#define DSA_TAG_DRIVER_NAME(__ops) dsa_tag_driver ## _ ## __ops
^
./include/net/dsa.h:707:30: note: in expansion of macro DSA_TAG_DRIVER_NAME
static struct dsa_tag_driver DSA_TAG_DRIVER_NAME(__ops) = { \
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
net/dsa/tag_brcm.c:211:1: note: in expansion of macro DSA_TAG_DRIVER
DSA_TAG_DRIVER(brcm_prepend_netdev_ops);
Like the CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_BRCM case,
brcm_prepend_netdev_ops and DSA_TAG_PROTO_BRCM_PREPEND
should be wrappeed by CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_BRCM_PREPEND.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Fixes: b74b70c449 ("net: dsa: Support prepended Broadcom tag")
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There was NVMEM support added to of_get_mac_address, so it could now
return ERR_PTR encoded error values, so we need to adjust all current
users of of_get_mac_address to this new fact.
While at it, remove superfluous is_valid_ether_addr as the MAC address
returned from of_get_mac_address is always valid and checked by
is_valid_ether_addr anyway.
Fixes: d01f449c00 ("of_net: add NVMEM support to of_get_mac_address")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to support this, we are creating a make-shift switch tag out of
a VLAN trunk configured on the CPU port. Termination of normal traffic
on switch ports only works when not under a vlan_filtering bridge.
Termination of management (PTP, BPDU) traffic works under all
circumstances because it uses a different tagging mechanism
(incl_srcpt). We are making use of the generic CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_8021Q
code and leveraging it from our own CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_SJA1105.
There are two types of traffic: regular and link-local.
The link-local traffic received on the CPU port is trapped from the
switch's regular forwarding decisions because it matched one of the two
DMAC filters for management traffic.
On transmission, the switch requires special massaging for these
link-local frames. Due to a weird implementation of the switching IP, by
default it drops link-local frames that originate on the CPU port.
It needs to be told where to forward them to, through an SPI command
("management route") that is valid for only a single frame.
So when we're sending link-local traffic, we are using the
dsa_defer_xmit mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some hardware needs to take work to get convinced to receive frames on
the CPU port (such as the sja1105 which takes temporary L2 forwarding
rules over SPI that last for a single frame). Such work needs a
sleepable context, and because the regular .ndo_start_xmit is atomic,
this cannot be done in the tagger. So introduce a generic DSA mechanism
that sets up a transmit skb queue and a workqueue for deferred
transmission.
The new driver callback (.port_deferred_xmit) is in dsa_switch and not
in the tagger because the operations that require sleeping typically
also involve interacting with the hardware, and not simply skb
manipulations. Therefore having it there simplifies the structure a bit
and makes it unnecessary to export functions from the driver to the
tagger.
The driver is responsible of calling dsa_enqueue_skb which transfers it
to the master netdevice. This is so that it has a chance of performing
some more work afterwards, such as cleanup or TX timestamping.
To tell DSA that skb xmit deferral is required, I have thought about
changing the return type of the tagger .xmit from struct sk_buff * into
a enum dsa_tx_t that could potentially encode a DSA_XMIT_DEFER value.
But the trailer tagger is reallocating every skb on xmit and therefore
making a valid use of the pointer return value. So instead of reworking
the API in complicated ways, right now a boolean property in the newly
introduced DSA_SKB_CB is set.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Frames get processed by DSA and redirected to switch port net devices
based on the ETH_P_XDSA multiplexed packet_type handler found by the
network stack when calling eth_type_trans().
The running assumption is that once the DSA .rcv function is called, DSA
is always able to decode the switch tag in order to change the skb->dev
from its master.
However there are tagging protocols (such as the new DSA_TAG_PROTO_SJA1105,
user of DSA_TAG_PROTO_8021Q) where this assumption is not completely
true, since switch tagging piggybacks on the absence of a vlan_filtering
bridge. Moreover, management traffic (BPDU, PTP) for this switch doesn't
rely on switch tagging, but on a different mechanism. So it would make
sense to at least be able to terminate that.
Having DSA receive traffic it can't decode would put it in an impossible
situation: the eth_type_trans() function would invoke the DSA .rcv(),
which could not change skb->dev, then eth_type_trans() would be invoked
again, which again would call the DSA .rcv, and the packet would never
be able to exit the DSA filter and would spiral in a loop until the
whole system dies.
This happens because eth_type_trans() doesn't actually look at the skb
(so as to identify a potential tag) when it deems it as being
ETH_P_XDSA. It just checks whether skb->dev has a DSA private pointer
installed (therefore it's a DSA master) and that there exists a .rcv
callback (everybody except DSA_TAG_PROTO_NONE has that). This is
understandable as there are many switch tags out there, and exhaustively
checking for all of them is far from ideal.
The solution lies in introducing a filtering function for each tagging
protocol. In the absence of a filtering function, all traffic is passed
to the .rcv DSA callback. The tagging protocol should see the filtering
function as a pre-validation that it can decode the incoming skb. The
traffic that doesn't match the filter will bypass the DSA .rcv callback
and be left on the master netdevice, which wasn't previously possible.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch provides generic DSA code for using VLAN (802.1Q) tags for
the same purpose as a dedicated switch tag for injection/extraction.
It is based on the discussions and interest that has been so far
expressed in https://www.spinics.net/lists/netdev/msg556125.html.
Unlike all other DSA-supported tagging protocols, CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_8021Q
does not offer a complete solution for drivers (nor can it). Instead, it
provides generic code that driver can opt into calling:
- dsa_8021q_xmit: Inserts a VLAN header with the specified contents.
Can be called from another tagging protocol's xmit function.
Currently the LAN9303 driver is inserting headers that are simply
802.1Q with custom fields, so this is an opportunity for code reuse.
- dsa_8021q_rcv: Retrieves the TPID and TCI from a VLAN-tagged skb.
Removing the VLAN header is left as a decision for the caller to make.
- dsa_port_setup_8021q_tagging: For each user port, installs an Rx VID
and a Tx VID, for proper untagged traffic identification on ingress
and steering on egress. Also sets up the VLAN trunk on the upstream
(CPU or DSA) port. Drivers are intentionally left to call this
function explicitly, depending on the context and hardware support.
The expected switch behavior and VLAN semantics should not be violated
under any conditions. That is, after calling
dsa_port_setup_8021q_tagging, the hardware should still pass all
ingress traffic, be it tagged or untagged.
For uniformity with the other tagging protocols, a module for the
dsa_8021q_netdev_ops structure is registered, but the typical usage is
to set up another tagging protocol which selects CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_8021Q,
and calls the API from tag_8021q.h. Null function definitions are also
provided so that a "depends on" is not forced in the Kconfig.
This tagging protocol only works when switch ports are standalone, or
when they are added to a VLAN-unaware bridge. It will probably remain
this way for the reasons below.
When added to a bridge that has vlan_filtering 1, the bridge core will
install its own VLANs and reset the pvids through switchdev. For the
bridge core, switchdev is a write-only pipe. All VLAN-related state is
kept in the bridge core and nothing is read from DSA/switchdev or from
the driver. So the bridge core will break this port separation because
it will install the vlan_default_pvid into all switchdev ports.
Even if we could teach the bridge driver about switchdev preference of a
certain vlan_default_pvid (task difficult in itself since the current
setting is per-bridge but we would need it per-port), there would still
exist many other challenges.
Firstly, in the DSA rcv callback, a driver would have to perform an
iterative reverse lookup to find the correct switch port. That is
because the port is a bridge slave, so its Rx VID (port PVID) is subject
to user configuration. How would we ensure that the user doesn't reset
the pvid to a different value (which would make an O(1) translation
impossible), or to a non-unique value within this DSA switch tree (which
would make any translation impossible)?
Finally, not all switch ports are equal in DSA, and that makes it
difficult for the bridge to be completely aware of this anyway.
The CPU port needs to transmit tagged packets (VLAN trunk) in order for
the DSA rcv code to be able to decode source information.
But the bridge code has absolutely no idea which switch port is the CPU
port, if nothing else then just because there is no netdevice registered
by DSA for the CPU port.
Also DSA does not currently allow the user to specify that they want the
CPU port to do VLAN trunking anyway. VLANs are added to the CPU port
using the same flags as they were added on the user port.
So the VLANs installed by dsa_port_setup_8021q_tagging per driver
request should remain private from the bridge's and user's perspective,
and should not alter the VLAN semantics observed by the user.
In the current implementation a VLAN range ending at 4095 (VLAN_N_VID)
is reserved for this purpose. Each port receives a unique Rx VLAN and a
unique Tx VLAN. Separate VLANs are needed for Rx and Tx because they
serve different purposes: on Rx the switch must process traffic as
untagged and process it with a port-based VLAN, but with care not to
hinder bridging. On the other hand, the Tx VLAN is where the
reachability restrictions are imposed, since by tagging frames in the
xmit callback we are telling the switch onto which port to steer the
frame.
Some general guidance on how this support might be employed for
real-life hardware (some comments made by Florian Fainelli):
- If the hardware supports VLAN tag stacking, it should somehow back
up its private VLAN settings when the bridge tries to override them.
Then the driver could re-apply them as outer tags. Dedicating an outer
tag per bridge device would allow identical inner tag VID numbers to
co-exist, yet preserve broadcast domain isolation.
- If the switch cannot handle VLAN tag stacking, it should disable this
port separation when added as slave to a vlan_filtering bridge, in
that case having reduced functionality.
- Drivers for old switches that don't support the entire VLAN_N_VID
range will need to rework the current range selection mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is needed so that the newly introduced tag_8021q may access these
core DSA functions when built as a module.
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows the driver to perform some manipulations of its own during
setup, using generic switchdev calls. Having the notifiers registered at
setup time is important because otherwise any switchdev transaction
emitted during this time would be ignored (dispatched to an empty call
chain).
One current usage scenario is for the driver to request DSA to set up
802.1Q based switch tagging for its ports.
There is no danger for the driver setup code to start racing now with
switchdev events emitted from the network stack (such as bridge core)
even if the notifier is registered earlier. This is because the network
stack needs a net_device as a vehicle to perform switchdev operations,
and the slave net_devices are registered later than the core driver
setup anyway (ds->ops->setup in dsa_switch_setup vs dsa_port_setup).
Luckily DSA doesn't need a net_device to carry out switchdev callbacks,
and therefore drivers shouldn't assume either that net_devices are
available at the time their switchdev callbacks get invoked.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>-
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Updates dsa hardware switch handling infrastructure to use the newer
intermediate representation for flow actions in matchall offloads.
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that all drivers can be probed using more traditional methods,
remove the legacy probe code.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This hides the need to perform a two-phase transaction and construct a
switchdev_obj_port_vlan struct.
Call graph (including a function that will be introduced in a follow-up
patch) looks like this now (same for the *_vlan_del function):
dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid dsa_port_setup_8021q_tagging
| |
| |
| +-------------+
| |
v v
dsa_port_vid_add dsa_slave_port_obj_add
| |
+-------+ +-------+
| |
v v
dsa_port_vlan_add
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Even if VLAN filtering is global, DSA will call this callback once per
each port. Drivers should not have to compare the global state with the
requested change. So let DSA do it.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current behavior is not as obvious as one would assume (which is
that, if the driver set vlan_filtering_is_global = 1, then checking any
dp->vlan_filtering would yield the same result). Only the ports which
are actively enslaved into a bridge would have vlan_filtering set.
This makes it tricky for drivers to check what the global state is.
So fix this and make the struct dsa_switch hold this global setting.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When ports are standalone (after they left the bridge), they should have
no VLAN filtering semantics (they should pass all traffic to the CPU).
Currently this is not true for switchdev drivers, because the bridge
"forgets" to unset that.
Normally one would think that doing this at the bridge layer would be a
better idea, i.e. call br_vlan_filter_toggle() from br_del_if(), similar
to how nbp_vlan_init() is called from br_add_if().
However what complicates that approach, and makes this one preferable,
is the fact that for the bridge core, vlan_filtering is a per-bridge
setting, whereas for switchdev/DSA it is per-port. Also there are
switches where the setting is per the entire device, and unsetting
vlan_filtering one by one, for each leaving port, would not be possible
from the bridge core without a certain level of awareness. So do this in
DSA and let drivers be unaware of it.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On some switches, the action of whether to parse VLAN frame headers and use
that information for ingress admission is configurable, but not per
port. Such is the case for the Broadcom BCM53xx and the NXP SJA1105
families, for example. In that case, DSA can prevent the bridge core
from trying to apply different VLAN filtering settings on net devices
that belong to the same switch.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows drivers to query the VLAN setting imposed by the bridge
driver directly from DSA, instead of keeping their own state based on
the .port_vlan_filtering callback.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the CONFIG symbols tristate and add help text.
The broadcom and Microchip KSZ tag drivers support two different
tagging protocols in one driver. Add a configuration option for the
drivers, and then options to select the protocol.
Create a submenu for the tagging drivers.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
v2:
tab/space cleanup
Help text wording
NET_DSA_TAG_BRCM_COMMON and NET_DSA_TAG_KZS_COMMON hidden
v3:
More tabification
Punctuation
v4:
trailler->trailer
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is possible that the driver is compiled with both
CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_BRCM and CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_BRCM_PREPEND disabled.
This results in warnings about unused symbols. Add some conditional
compilation to avoid this.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
v2
Reorder patch to before tag drivers can be modules
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that tag drivers dynamically register, we don't need the static
table. Remove it. This also means the tag driver structures can be
made static.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the _get and _put functions to make use of the list of tag
drivers. Also, trigger the loading of the module, based on the alias
information. The _get function takes a reference on the tag driver, so
it cannot be unloaded, and the _put function releases the reference.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
v2:
Make tag_driver_register void
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a DSA switch driver is unloaded, the lock on the tag driver
should be released so the module can be unloaded. Add the needed calls,
but leave the actual release code as a stub.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
v2
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dsa_resolve_tag_protocol() is used to find the tagging driver needed
by a switch driver. When the tagging drivers become modules, it will
be necassary to take a reference on the module to prevent it being
unloaded. So rename this function to _get() to indicate it has some
locking properties.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The none tagger is special in that it does not live in a tag_*.c file,
but is within the core. Register/unregister when DSA is
loaded/unloaded.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Let the tag drivers register themselves with the DSA core, keeping
them in a linked list.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
v2
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A DSA tag driver module will need to register the tag protocols it
implements with the DSA core. Add macros containing this boiler plate.
The registration/unregistration code is currently just a stub. A Later
patch will add the real implementation.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
v2
Fix indent of #endif
Rewrite to move list pointer into a new structure
v3
Move kdoc next to macro
Fix THIS_MODULE indentation
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order that we can match the tagging protocol a switch driver
request to the tagger, we need to know what protocol the tagger
supports. Add this information to the ops structure.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
v2
More tag protocol to end of structure to keep hot members at the beginning.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All the tag drivers are some variant of GPL. Add a MODULE_LICENSE()
indicating this, so the drivers can later be compiled as modules.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the tag drivers become modules, we will need to dynamically load
them based on what the switch drivers need. Add aliases to map between
the TAG protocol and the driver.
In order to do this, we need the tag protocol number as something
which the C pre-processor can stringinfy. Only the compiler knows the
value of an enum, CPP cannot use them. So add #defines.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rather than keep a list to map a tagger ops to a name, place the name
into the ops structure. This removes the hard coded list, a step
towards making the taggers more dynamic.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
v2:
Move name to end of structure, keeping the hot entries at the beginning.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an SPDX header, and remove the license boilerplate text.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Minor comment merge conflict in mlx5.
Staging driver has a fixup due to the skb->xmit_more changes
in 'net-next', but was removed in 'net'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass the switch ID down the to devlink through devlink_port_attrs_set()
so it can be used by devlink_compat_switch_id_get(). Leave
ndo_get_port_parent_id implementation only for legacy.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend devlink_port_attrs_set() to pass switch ID for ports which are
part of switch and store it in port attrs. For other ports, this is
NULL.
Note that this allows the driver to group devlink ports into one or more
switches according to the actual topology.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before creating a slave netdevice, get the mac address from DTS and
apply in case it is valid.
Signed-off-by: Xiaofei Shen <xiaofeis@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Vinod Koul <vkoul@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add flow_dissect for qca tagged packet to get the right hash.
Signed-off-by: Xiaofei Shen <xiaofeis@codeaurora.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vinod Koul <vkoul@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since each non-legacy slave has its own devlink port instance
correctly set, rely on devlink core to generate correct phys port name.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order for devlink compat functions to work, implement
ndo_get_devlink_port. Legacy slaves does not have devlink port instances
created for themselves.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When phylink_of_phy_connect fails, dsa_slave_phy_setup tries to save the
day by connecting to an alternative PHY, none other than a PHY on the
switch's internal MDIO bus, at an address equal to the port's index.
However this does not take into consideration the scenario when the
switch that failed to probe an external PHY does not have an internal
MDIO bus at all.
Fixes: aab9c4067d ("net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some drivers are becoming more dependent on NET_DEVLINK being selected
in configuration. With upcoming compat functions, the behavior would be
wrong in case devlink was not compiled in. So make the drivers select
NET_DEVLINK and rely on the functions being there, not just stubs.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since attrs are static during the existence of devlink port, set the
before registration of the port.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
devlink functions are in use, so include the related header file.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We were skipping the prepare phase which causes some problems with at
least a couple of drivers:
- mv88e6xxx chooses to skip programming VID = 0 with -EOPNOTSUPP in
the prepare phase, but we would still try to force this VID since we
would only call the commit phase and so we would get the driver to
return -EINVAL instead
- qca8k does not currently have a port_vlan_add() callback implemented,
yet we would try to call that unconditionally leading to a NPD
Fix both issues by conforming to the current model doing a
prepare/commit phase, this makes us consistent throughout the code and
assumptions.
Reported-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Michal Vokáč <michal.vokac@ysoft.com>
Fixes: 061f6a505a ("net: dsa: Add ndo_vlan_rx_{add, kill}_vid implementation")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
KSZ9893 switch is similar to KSZ9477 switch except the ingress tail tag
has 1 byte instead of 2 bytes. The size of the portmap is smaller and
so the override and lookup bits are also moved.
Signed-off-by: Tristram Ha <Tristram.Ha@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have converted all possible callers to using a switchdev
notifier for attributes we do not have a need for implementing
switchdev_ops anymore, and this can be removed from all drivers the
net_device structure.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following patches will change the way we communicate setting a port's
attribute and use notifiers towards that goal.
Prepare DSA to support receiving notifier events targeting
SWITCHDEV_PORT_ATTR_SET from both atomic and process context and use a
small helper to translate the event notifier into something that
dsa_slave_port_attr_set() can process.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Being able to build devlink as a module causes growing pains.
First all drivers had to add a meta dependency to make sure
they are not built in when devlink is built as a module. Now
we are struggling to invoke ethtool compat code reliably.
Make devlink code built-in, users can still not build it at
all but the dynamically loadable module option is removed.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The call to of_parse_phandle returns a node pointer with refcount
incremented thus it must be explicitly decremented after the last
usage.
Detected by coccinelle with the following warnings:
./net/dsa/port.c:294:1-7: ERROR: missing of_node_put; acquired a node pointer with refcount incremented on line 284, but without a corresponding object release within this function.
./net/dsa/dsa2.c:627:3-9: ERROR: missing of_node_put; acquired a node pointer with refcount incremented on line 618, but without a corresponding object release within this function.
./net/dsa/dsa2.c:630:3-9: ERROR: missing of_node_put; acquired a node pointer with refcount incremented on line 618, but without a corresponding object release within this function.
./net/dsa/dsa2.c:636:3-9: ERROR: missing of_node_put; acquired a node pointer with refcount incremented on line 618, but without a corresponding object release within this function.
./net/dsa/dsa2.c:639:1-7: ERROR: missing of_node_put; acquired a node pointer with refcount incremented on line 618, but without a corresponding object release within this function.
Signed-off-by: Wen Yang <wen.yang99@zte.com.cn>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Cc: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No current DSA driver makes use of the phydev parameter passed to the
disable_port call. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Three conflicts, one of which, for marvell10g.c is non-trivial and
requires some follow-up from Heiner or someone else.
The issue is that Heiner converted the marvell10g driver over to
use the generic c45 code as much as possible.
However, in 'net' a bug fix appeared which makes sure that a new
local mask (MDIO_AN_10GBT_CTRL_ADV_NBT_MASK) with value 0x01e0
is cleared.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to properly support VLAN filtering being enabled/disabled on a
bridge, while having other ports being non bridge port members, we need
to support the ndo_vlan_rx_{add,kill}_vid callbacks in order to make
sure the non-bridge ports can continue receiving VLAN tags, even when
the switch is globally configured to do ingress/egress VID checking.
Since we can call dsa_port_vlan_{add,del} with a bridge_dev pointer
NULL, we now need to check that in these two functions.
We specifically deal with two possibly problematic cases:
- creating a bridge VLAN entry while there is an existing VLAN device
claiming that same VID
- creating a VLAN device while there is an existing bridge VLAN entry
with that VID
Those are both resolved with returning -EBUSY back to user-space.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VLAN devices on top of a DSA network device which is already part of a
bridge and with said bridge being VLAN aware should not be allowed to be
enslaved into that bridge. For one, this duplicates functionality
offered by the VLAN aware bridge which supports tagged and untagged VLAN
frames processing and it would make things needlessly complex to e.g.:
propagate FDB/MDB accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the bridge no longer calling switchdev_port_attr_get() to obtain
the supported bridge port flags from a driver but instead trying to set
the bridge port flags directly and relying on driver to reject
unsupported configurations, we can effectively get rid of
switchdev_port_attr_get() entirely since this was the only place where
it was called.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have converted the bridge code and the drivers to check for
bridge port(s) flags at the time we try to set them, there is no need
for a get() -> set() sequence anymore and
SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_BRIDGE_FLAGS_SUPPORT therefore becomes unused.
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for removing SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_BRIDGE_FLAGS_SUPPORT,
add support for a function that processes the
SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_BRIDGE_FLAGS and
SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_PRE_BRIDGE_FLAGS attributes and returns not
supported for any flag set, since DSA does not currently support
toggling those bridge port attributes (yet).
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switches work by learning the MAC address for each attached station by
monitoring traffic from each station. When a station sends a packet,
the switch records which port the MAC address is connected to.
With IPv4 networking, before communication commences with a neighbour,
an ARP packet is broadcasted to all stations asking for the MAC address
corresponding with the IPv4. The desired station responds with an ARP
reply, and the ARP reply causes the switch to learn which port the
station is connected to.
With IPv6 networking, the situation is rather different. Rather than
broadcasting ARP packets, a "neighbour solicitation" is multicasted
rather than broadcasted. This multicast needs to reach the intended
station in order for the neighbour to be discovered.
Once a neighbour has been discovered, and entered into the sending
stations neighbour cache, communication can restart at a point later
without sending a new neighbour solicitation, even if the entry in
the neighbour cache is marked as stale. This can be after the MAC
address has expired from the forwarding cache of the DSA switch -
when that occurs, there is a long pause in communication.
Our DSA implementation for mv88e6xxx switches disables flooding of
multicast and unicast frames for bridged ports. As per the above
description, this is fine for IPv4 networking, since the broadcasted
ARP queries will be sent to and received by all stations on the same
network. However, this breaks IPv6 very badly - blocking neighbour
solicitations and later causing connections to stall.
The defaults that the Linux bridge code expect from bridges are for
unknown unicast and unknown multicast frames to be flooded to all ports
on the bridge, which is at odds to the defaults adopted by our DSA
implementation for mv88e6xxx switches.
This commit enables by default flooding of both unknown unicast and
unknown multicast frames whenever a port is added to a bridge, and
disables the flooding when a port leaves the bridge. This means that
mv88e6xxx DSA switches now behave as per the bridge(8) man page, and
IPv6 works flawlessly through such a switch.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Linux bridge implementation allows various properties of the bridge
to be controlled, such as flooding unknown unicast and multicast frames.
This patch adds the necessary DSA infrastructure to allow the Linux
bridge support to control these properties for DSA switches.
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
[florian: Add missing dp and ds variables declaration to fix build]
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a DSA port is added to a bridge and brought up, the resulting STP
state programmed into the hardware depends on the order that these
operations are performed. However, the Linux bridge code believes that
the port is in disabled mode.
If the DSA port is first added to a bridge and then brought up, it will
be in blocking mode. If it is brought up and then added to the bridge,
it will be in disabled mode.
This difference is caused by DSA always setting the STP mode in
dsa_port_enable() whether or not this port is part of a bridge. Since
bridge always sets the STP state when the port is added, brought up or
taken down, it is unnecessary for us to manipulate the STP state.
Apparently, this code was copied from Rocker, and the very next day a
similar fix for Rocker was merged but was not propagated to DSA. See
e47172ab7e ("rocker: put port in FORWADING state after leaving bridge")
Fixes: b73adef677 ("net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging")
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RPS not work for DSA devices since the 'skb_get_hash'
will always get the invalid hash for dsa tagged packets.
"[PATCH] tag_mtk: add flow_dissect callback to the ops struct"
introduced the flow_dissect callback to get the right hash for
MTK tagged packet. Tag_dsa and tag_edsa also need to implement
the callback.
Signed-off-by: Rundong Ge <rdong.ge@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The flag offload_fwd_mark is set as the switch can forward frames by
itself.
This can be considered a fix to a problem introduced in commit
c2e866911e where the port membership are not set in sync. The flag
offload_fwd_mark just needs to be set in tag_ksz.c to prevent the software
bridge from forwarding duplicate multicast frames.
Fixes: c2e866911e ("microchip: break KSZ9477 DSA driver into two files")
Signed-off-by: Tristram Ha <Tristram.Ha@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One of the more common cases of allocation size calculations is finding
the size of a structure that has a zero-sized array at the end, along
with memory for some number of elements for that array. For example:
struct foo {
int stuff;
struct boo entry[];
};
size = sizeof(struct foo) + count * sizeof(struct boo);
instance = alloc(size, GFP_KERNEL)
Instead of leaving these open-coded and prone to type mistakes, we can
now use the new struct_size() helper:
instance = alloc(struct_size(instance, entry, count), GFP_KERNEL)
Notice that, in this case, variable size is not necessary, hence it is
removed.
This code was detected with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An ipvlan bug fix in 'net' conflicted with the abstraction away
of the IPV6 specific support in 'net-next'.
Similarly, a bug fix for mlx5 in 'net' conflicted with the flow
action conversion in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA implements SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_PARENT_ID and we want to get rid
of switchdev_ops eventually, ease that migration by implementing a
ndo_get_port_parent_id() function which returns what
switchdev_port_attr_get() would do.
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function can't succeed if dp->pl is NULL. It will Oops inside the
call to return phylink_ethtool_get_eee(dp->pl, e);
Fixes: 1be52e97ed ("dsa: slave: eee: Allow ports to use phylink")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The unbalance of master's promiscuity or allmulti will happen after ifdown
and ifup a slave interface which is in a bridge.
When we ifdown a slave interface , both the 'dsa_slave_close' and
'dsa_slave_change_rx_flags' will clear the master's flags. The flags
of master will be decrease twice.
In the other hand, if we ifup the slave interface again, since the
slave's flags were cleared the 'dsa_slave_open' won't set the master's
flag, only 'dsa_slave_change_rx_flags' that triggered by 'br_add_if'
will set the master's flags. The flags of master is increase once.
Only propagating flag changes when a slave interface is up makes
sure this does not happen. The 'vlan_dev_change_rx_flags' had the
same problem and was fixed, and changes here follows that fix.
Fixes: 91da11f870 ("net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support")
Signed-off-by: Rundong Ge <rdong.ge@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A follow-up patch will enable vetoing of FDB entries. Make it possible
to communicate details of why an FDB entry is not acceptable back to the
user.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers may not be able to support certain FDB entries, and an error
code is insufficient to give clear hints as to the reasons of rejection.
In order to make it possible to communicate the rejection reason, extend
ndo_fdb_add() with an extack argument. Adapt the existing
implementations of ndo_fdb_add() to take the parameter (and ignore it).
Pass the extack parameter when invoking ndo_fdb_add() from rtnl_fdb_add().
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is not currently way to infer the port number through sysfs that
is being used as the CPU port number. Overlay a ndo_get_phys_port_name()
operation onto the DSA master network device in order to retrieve that
information.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case the destination address is link local, add override bit into the
switch tag to let such a packet through the switch even if the port is
blocked.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Tristram Ha <Tristram.Ha@microchip.com>
Cc: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Cc: Woojung Huh <woojung.huh@microchip.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Factor out common code from the tag_ksz , so that the code can be used
with other KSZ family switches which use differenly sized tags.
Signed-off-by: Tristram Ha <Tristram.Ha@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Cc: Woojung Huh <woojung.huh@microchip.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename the tag Kconfig option and related macros in preparation for
addition of new KSZ family switches with different tag formats.
Signed-off-by: Tristram Ha <Tristram.Ha@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Cc: Woojung Huh <woojung.huh@microchip.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several conflicts, seemingly all over the place.
I used Stephen Rothwell's sample resolutions for many of these, if not
just to double check my own work, so definitely the credit largely
goes to him.
The NFP conflict consisted of a bug fix (moving operations
past the rhashtable operation) while chaning the initial
argument in the function call in the moved code.
The net/dsa/master.c conflict had to do with a bug fix intermixing of
making dsa_master_set_mtu() static with the fixing of the tagging
attribute location.
cls_flower had a conflict because the dup reject fix from Or
overlapped with the addition of port range classifiction.
__set_phy_supported()'s conflict was relatively easy to resolve
because Andrew fixed it in both trees, so it was just a matter
of taking the net-next copy. Or at least I think it was :-)
Joe Stringer's fix to the handling of netns id 0 in bpf_sk_lookup()
intermixed with changes on how the sdif and caller_net are calculated
in these code paths in net-next.
The remaining BPF conflicts were largely about the addition of the
__bpf_md_ptr stuff in 'net' overlapping with adjustments and additions
to the relevant data structure where the MD pointer macros are used.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A previous change tries to set the MTU on the master device to take
into account the DSA overheads. This patch tries to reset the master
device back to the default MTU.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA tagging of frames sent over the master interface to the switch
increases the size of the frame. Such frames can then be bigger than
the normal MTU of the master interface, and it may drop them. Use the
overhead information from the tagger to set the MTU of the master
device to include this overhead.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each DSA tag protocol needs to add additional headers to the Ethernet
frame in order to direct it towards a specific switch egress port. It
must also remove the head from a frame received from a
switch. Indicate the maximum size of these headers in the tag protocol
ops structure, so the core can take these overheads into account.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While introducing the DSA tagging protocol attribute, it was added to the DSA
slave network devices, but those actually see untagged traffic (that is their
whole purpose). Correct this mistake by putting the tagging sysfs attribute
under the DSA master network device where this is the information that we need.
While at it, also correct the sysfs documentation mistake that missed the
"dsa/" directory component of the attribute.
Fixes: 98cdb48071 ("net: dsa: Expose tagging protocol to user-space")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to an explicit check in rocker_world_port_obj_vlan_add(),
dsa_slave_switchdev_event() resp. port_switchdev_event(), VLAN objects
that are added to a device that is not a front-panel port device are
ignored. Therefore this check is immaterial.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drop switchdev_ops.switchdev_port_obj_add and _del. Drop the uses of
this field from all clients, which were migrated to use switchdev
notification in the previous patches.
Add a new function switchdev_port_obj_notify() that sends the switchdev
notifications SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD and _DEL.
Update switchdev_port_obj_del_now() to dispatch to this new function.
Drop __switchdev_port_obj_add() and update switchdev_port_obj_add()
likewise.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following patches will change the way of distributing port object
changes from a switchdev operation to a switchdev notifier. The
switchdev code currently recursively descends through layers of lower
devices, eventually calling the op on a front-panel port device. The
notifier will instead be sent referencing the bridge port device, which
may be a stacking device that's one of front-panel ports uppers, or a
completely unrelated device.
DSA currently doesn't support any other uppers than bridge.
SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_HOST_MDB and _PORT_MDB objects are always notified on
the bridge port device. Thus the only case that a stacked device could
be validly referenced by port object notifications are bridge
notifications for VLAN objects added to the bridge itself. But the
driver explicitly rejects such notifications in dsa_port_vlan_add(). It
is therefore safe to assume that the only interesting case is that the
notification is on a front-panel port netdevice. Therefore keep the
filtering by dsa_slave_dev_check() in place.
To handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD and _DEL, subscribe to the blocking
notifier chain. Dispatch to rocker_port_obj_add() resp. _del() to
maintain the behavior that the switchdev operation based code currently
has.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We should get 'driver_data' from 'struct device' directly. Going via
platform_device is an unneeded step back and forth.
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <wsa+renesas@sang-engineering.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes a problem introduced by:
commit 2cde6acd49 ("netpoll: Fix __netpoll_rcu_free so that it can hold the rtnl lock")
When using netconsole on a bond, __netpoll_cleanup can asynchronously
recurse multiple times, each __netpoll_free_async call can result in
more __netpoll_free_async's. This means there is now a race between
cleanup_work queues on multiple netpoll_info's on multiple devices and
the configuration of a new netpoll. For example if a netconsole is set
to enable 0, reconfigured, and enable 1 immediately, this netconsole
will likely not work.
Given the reason for __netpoll_free_async is it can be called when rtnl
is not locked, if it is locked, we should be able to execute
synchronously. It appears to be locked everywhere it's called from.
Generalize the design pattern from the teaming driver for current
callers of __netpoll_free_async.
CC: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Debabrata Banerjee <dbanerje@akamai.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, an FDB entry only ceases being offloaded when it is deleted.
This changes with VxLAN encapsulation.
Devices capable of performing VxLAN encapsulation usually have only one
FDB table, unlike the software data path which has two - one in the
bridge driver and another in the VxLAN driver.
Therefore, bridge FDB entries pointing to a VxLAN device are only
offloaded if there is a corresponding entry in the VxLAN FDB.
Allow clearing the offload indication in case the corresponding entry
was deleted from the VxLAN FDB.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
put_device has taken the null pinter check into account. So it is
safe to remove the duplicated check before put_device.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The gswip tag was missing in the dsa_tag_protocol_to_str() function, add it.
Fixes: 7969119293 ("net: dsa: Add Lantiq / Intel GSWIP tag support")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This handles the tag added by the PMAC on the VRX200 SoC line.
The GSWIP uses internally a GSWIP special tag which is located after the
Ethernet header. The PMAC which connects the GSWIP to the CPU converts
this special tag used by the GSWIP into the PMAC special tag which is
added in front of the Ethernet header.
This was tested with GSWIP 2.1 found in the VRX200 SoCs, other GSWIP
versions use slightly different PMAC special tags.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no way for user-space to know what a given DSA network device's
tagging protocol is. Expose this information through a dsa/tagging
attribute which reflects the tagging protocol currently in use.
This is helpful for configuration (e.g: none behaves dramatically
different wrt. bridges) as well as for packet capture tools when there
is not a proper Ethernet type available.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 52638f71fc ("dsa: Move gpio reset into switch driver")
moved the GPIO handling into the switch drivers but forgot
to remove the GPIO header includes.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 90b73b77d0, list_head is no longer needed.
Now we just need to convert the list iteration to array
iteration for drivers.
Fixes: 90b73b77d0 ("net: sched: change action API to use array of pointers to actions")
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For a port to be able to use EEE, both the MAC and the PHY must
support EEE. A phy can be provided by both a phydev or phylink. Verify
at least one of these exist, not just phydev.
Fixes: aab9c4067d ("net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The BTF conflicts were simple overlapping changes.
The virtio_net conflict was an overlap of a fix of statistics counter,
happening alongisde a move over to a bonafide statistics structure
rather than counting value on the stack.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a DSA slave network device was previously disabled, there is no need
to suspend or resume it.
Fixes: 2446254915 ("net: dsa: allow switch drivers to implement suspend/resume hooks")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We avoid 2 VLAs by using a pre-allocated field in dsa_switch. We also
try to avoid dynamic allocation whenever possible (when using fewer than
bits-per-long ports, which is the common case).
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/CA+55aFzCG-zNmZwX4A2FQpadafLfEzK6CC=qPXydAacU1RqZWA@mail.gmail.com
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180505185145.GB32630@lunn.ch
Signed-off-by: Salvatore Mesoraca <s.mesoraca16@gmail.com>
[kees: tweak commit subject and message slightly]
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass the extact struct from a tc qdisc add to the block bind function and,
in turn, to the setup_tc ndo of binding device via the tc_block_offload
struct. Pass this back to any block callback registrations to allow
netlink logging of fails in the bind process.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When pskb_trim_rcsum fails, the lack of error-handling code may
cause unexpected results.
This patch adds error-handling code after calling pskb_trim_rcsum.
Signed-off-by: Zhouyang Jia <jiazhouyang09@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A follow-up patch enables emitting VLAN notifications for the bridge CPU
port in addition to the existing slave port notifications. These
notifications have orig_dev set to the bridge in question.
Because there's no specific support for these VLANs, just ignore the
notifications to maintain the current behavior.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
S390 bpf_jit.S is removed in net-next and had changes in 'net',
since that code isn't used any more take the removal.
TLS data structures split the TX and RX components in 'net-next',
put the new struct members from the bug fix in 'net' into the RX
part.
The 'net-next' tree had some reworking of how the ERSPAN code works in
the GRE tunneling code, overlapping with a one-line headroom
calculation fix in 'net'.
Overlapping changes in __sock_map_ctx_update_elem(), keep the bits
that read the prog members via READ_ONCE() into local variables
before using them.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set the attrs and allow to expose port flavour to user via devlink.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Even if commit 1d27732f41 ("net: dsa: setup and teardown ports") indicated
that registering a devlink instance for unused ports is not a problem, and this
is true, this can be confusing nonetheless, so let's not do it.
Fixes: 1d27732f41 ("net: dsa: setup and teardown ports")
Reported-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more
complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G
PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of
complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree.
Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different
stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain
functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during
phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps.
Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_*
operations that DSA wraps.
We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of
drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done
dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still.
Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need
to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK
*does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we use PHYLIB to manage the per-port link indication, this will
also be reflected correctly in the network device's carrier state, so we
can use ethtool_op_get_link() instead.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for adding support for PHYLINK within DSA, define a number of
operations that we will need and that switch drivers can start implementing.
Proper integration with PHYLINK will follow in subsequent patches.
We start selecting PHYLINK (which implies PHYLIB) in net/dsa/Kconfig
such that drivers can be guaranteed that this dependency is properly
taken care of and can start referencing PHYLINK helper functions without
requiring stubs or anything.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following patch enables sending notifications also for events on FDB
entries that weren't added by the user. Give the drivers the information
necessary to distinguish between the two origins of FDB entries.
To maintain the current behavior, have switchdev-implementing drivers
bail out on notifications about non-user-added FDB entries. In case of
mlxsw driver, allow a call to mlxsw_sp_span_respin() so that SPAN over
bridge catches up with the changed FDB.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the same type of ethtool diversion that we have for
ETH_SS_STATS and make it work with ETH_SS_PHY_STATS. This allows
providing PHY level statistics for CPU ports that are directly
connecting to a PHY device.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for having more call sites attempting to obtain a
reference against a PHY device corresponding to a particular port,
introduce a helper function for that purpose.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Up until now we largely assumed that we were interested in ETH_SS_STATS
type of strings for all ethtool operations, this is about to change with
the introduction of additional string sets, e.g: ETH_SS_PHY_STATS.
Update all functions to take an appropriate stringset argument and act
on it when it is different than ETH_SS_STATS for now.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is completely redundant with what netdev_set_default_ethtool_ops()
does, we are always guaranteed to have a valid dev->ethtool_ops pointer,
however, within that structure, not all function calls may be populated,
so we still have to check them individually.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Marvell switches under some conditions will pass a frame to the
host with the port being the CPU port. Such frames are invalid, and
should be dropped. Not dropping them can result in a crash when
incrementing the receive statistics for an invalid port.
Reported-by: Chris Healy <cphealy@gmail.com>
Fixes: 91da11f870 ("net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fun set of conflict resolutions here...
For the mac80211 stuff, these were fortunately just parallel
adds. Trivially resolved.
In drivers/net/phy/phy.c we had a bug fix in 'net' that moved the
function phy_disable_interrupts() earlier in the file, whilst in
'net-next' the phy_error() call from this function was removed.
In net/ipv4/xfrm4_policy.c, David Ahern's changes to remove the
'rt_table_id' member of rtable collided with a bug fix in 'net' that
added a new struct member "rt_mtu_locked" which needs to be copied
over here.
The mlxsw driver conflict consisted of net-next separating
the span code and definitions into separate files, whilst
a 'net' bug fix made some changes to that moved code.
The mlx5 infiniband conflict resolution was quite non-trivial,
the RDMA tree's merge commit was used as a guide here, and
here are their notes:
====================
Due to bug fixes found by the syzkaller bot and taken into the for-rc
branch after development for the 4.17 merge window had already started
being taken into the for-next branch, there were fairly non-trivial
merge issues that would need to be resolved between the for-rc branch
and the for-next branch. This merge resolves those conflicts and
provides a unified base upon which ongoing development for 4.17 can
be based.
Conflicts:
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/main.c - Commit 42cea83f95
(IB/mlx5: Fix cleanup order on unload) added to for-rc and
commit b5ca15ad7e (IB/mlx5: Add proper representors support)
add as part of the devel cycle both needed to modify the
init/de-init functions used by mlx5. To support the new
representors, the new functions added by the cleanup patch
needed to be made non-static, and the init/de-init list
added by the representors patch needed to be modified to
match the init/de-init list changes made by the cleanup
patch.
Updates:
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/mlx5_ib.h - Update function
prototypes added by representors patch to reflect new function
names as changed by cleanup patch
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/ib_rep.c - Update init/de-init
stage list to match new order from cleanup patch
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During the conversion to dsa_is_user_port(), a condition ended up being
reversed, which would prevent the creation of any user port when using
the legacy binding and/or platform data, fix that.
Fixes: 4a5b85ffe2 ("net: dsa: use dsa_is_user_port everywhere")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By passing the port, we allow different ports to have different
statistics. This is useful since some ports have SERDES interfaces
with their own statistic counters.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Forward the rx/tx timestamp machinery from the dsa infrastructure to the
switch driver.
On the rx side, defer delivery of skbs until we have an rx timestamp.
This mimicks the behavior of skb_defer_rx_timestamp.
On the tx side, identify PTP packets, clone them, and pass them to the
underlying switch driver before we transmit. This mimicks the behavior
of skb_tx_timestamp.
Adjusted txstamp API to keep the allocation and freeing of the clone
in the same central function by Richard Cochran
Signed-off-by: Brandon Streiff <brandon.streiff@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
